Skip to main content

Full text of "Stammering and stuttering : their nature and treatment"

See other formats


BOSTON  UNIVERSITY 
LIBRARIES 


\^ 


Ol 


S  T  A  M  M  E  R  I  N  G 


AND 


STUTTERING, 

THEIR 

NATURE  AND  TREATMENT, 

BY 

JAMES  HUNT,  PH.D.,  F.S.A.,  F.R.S.L.  F.E.S., 

[Honorary  Secretary  of  the  Ethnological  Society  of  London.) 

FOREIGN  ASSOCIATE  OF  THE  ANTHROPOLOGICAL  SOCIETY  OF  PARIS, 

CORRESPONDING   MEMBER   OP   THE  UPPER  HESSE  SOCIETY 

FOR  NATURAL  AND  MEDICAL  SCIENCE,  AUTHOR  OP 

A    "manual   of   THE   PHILOSOPHY    OF 

VOICE  AND  SPEECH," 

ETC.,  ETC. 


247    * 


LONDON: 

LOXGIMAN,  GREEN,  LONGIMAN,  A.ND  ROBERTS, 
PATERXOSTER  ROW. 

MDCCCLXI. 

%  j 


LANGUAGE    IS   TO  THE    MIND  WHAT  BEAUTY  IS  TO  THE 
BODY." 

Aristides  the  Rhetorician. 


TO  MY  PUPILS. 


To  you,  my  dear  pupils,  who  have  felt  the  physical 
and  mental  pangs  attending  impeded  utterance,  and  the 
feeling  of  relief  when  the  '  thoughts  that  breathe  '  readily 
find  vent '  in  words  that  burn,'  I  dedicate  this  volume. 

I  cheerfully  acknowledge  the  many  tokens  of  gratitude  I 
have  received  from  you,  and  I  am  equally  thankful  that  it 
has  been  my  privilege  to  remove  or  alleviate  your  infirmity , 
so  that  you  are  now  enabled  to  do  the  work  assigned  to 
you  in  this  world. 

That  you  may  succeed  and  prosper  in  the  respective  paths 
you  have  chosen,  will  always  remain  the  sincere  wish  of 

Your  faithful  Friend, 

Ort  House,  near  Hastings.  JAMES  HUNT. 

December,  1860, 


PREFACE 


The  third  edition  of  my  "  Treatise  on  the  Cure  of 
Stammering"  being  out  of  print,  I  have  embraced  this 
opportunity  of  issuing  the  present  work  in  lieu  of 
another  edition  of  the  Treatise.  Though  a  portion  of 
the  latter  is  necessarily  embodied  in  this  volume, 
yet  the  whole  has  been  so  altered  and  so  many  addi- 
tions and,  I  trust,  improvements  made,  that  it  may  be 
considered  as  essentially  a  new  book.  The  reader  may 
now  search  without  disappointment  for  every  phase  of 
defective  utterance,  as  the  present  volume  contains,  in 
a  condensed  form,  a  comprehensive  survey  of  nearly  all 
theories  and  remedies  proposed  in  relation  to  impedi- 
ments of  speech,  from  the  earliest  period  to  the  present 
time. 

For  reasons  stated  in  the  text,  it  is  not  pretended 
tliat  a  mere  perusal  of  these  pages  will  enable  afflicted 
persons  to  cure  themselves  ;  but  they  certainly  will 
derive  from  it  everv  information  as  to  the  nature  of 


their  infirmity,  as  well  as  the  conviction  that  im- 
pediments of  speech,  so  long  held  to  be  incurable,  are 
as  amenable  to  treatment  as  other  disorders  of  the 
human  frame. 

One  of  the  main  objects  of  this  work  is,  moreover,  to 
impress  on  parents  and  guardians  the  great  importance 
of  meeting  the  evil  in  embryo,  so.  as  to  prevent  it 
taking  root. 

In  expressing,  finally,  my  acknowledgments  for  the 
favourable  reception  my  former  contributions  to  this 
subject  have  met  with  from  the  Press,  the  Medical  Pro- 
fession, and  the  Public  generally,  I  may  be  allowed  to 
add  that  it  has  been  my  anxious  desire  to  render  this 
little  volume  as  complete  as  possible,  in  order  to  make 
it  more  worthy  of  the  favour  bestowed  on  its  pre- 
decessors. 

JAMES  HUNT. 

Ore  House,  near  Hastings, 

December,  1860. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  I. 

Introduction. 

Impediments  of  Speech  a  real  affliction — Production 
of  Voice  and  Speech — The  Vocal  Cords — The 
Organs  of  Articulation — The  Principal  Nerves 
distributed  upon  the  Vocal  and  Articulating  Ap- 
paratus— Alalia  and  Dyslalia — Synonyms  ex- 
pressive of  Impediments  of  Speech  in  various 
languages  ......         Page  1 

CHAPTER  n. 

Stammering  and  Stuttering  Defined.     ,/ 

The  Meaning  of  Words — Stammering  as  contra-dis- 
tinguished from  Stuttering — Stammering  and  its 
Causes — Consonantal  Stammering — Action  of  the 
Velum — The  Chief  Causes  of  Stammering — Stut^ 
tering — Vowel  Stuttering — Consonantal  Stuttering 
Principal  Causes  of  Stuttering  .      Page  11 

CHAPTER  III. 

Minor  Defects  of  Articulation. 

Defective  Enunciation  of  the  Consonant  R — The  Gut- 
tural and  the  Lingual  R — Alcihiades — The  Netv- 
castle  burr — Demosthenes — Method  for  the  Re- 
moval of  the  Defect — Affected  Rhotacism — 
Sigmatism — Rhinism — Cluttering  and  Pattering ^  Page  25 


Vm  CONTENDS. 

CHAPTER  IV. 

Statistics  ok  Psp:llism. 

Number  of  Stutterers  and  Stammerers — The  Female 
Sex — Injinence  of  Languages  on  Impediments  of 
Speech — Stuttering  among  Savages       .         .     Page  35 

CHAPTER  V. 

External  Influences  ox  Articulation. 

Hereditary  Transmission — Influence  ofTemjjerature 
—  Temperament  —  Psijchical  Injluences  —  The 
Emotions — Illustrative  Cases — Remarks  on  cer- 
tain received  Opinions  in  relation  to  Stamynerinq 
and  Stuttering Page  40 

CHAPTER  VI. 

Historical  Review  of  the  Chief  Theories  and 
Modes  of  Treatment. 

First  Period 

First  Scripture  Records — Herodotus — Aristotle — 
Hippocrates  —  Plutarch — Demosthenes — Celsus — 
Galenus — Meaning  of  Terms      .         .         .       Page  55 

CHAPTER  VII. 

Historical  Review,  &c. 

Second  Period. 

Mercurialis — Bacon — Amman — Sauvages — Frank 
Ita rd — Deleau — Serres — Rullier — 3Ic  Cormac — 
Hervez  de  Chegouin — Arnott — Midler —  Schul- 
thess — Bell —  Voisin — Marshall  Hcdl — Lichtinger 
— American  Theory  and  Method  —  Jourdant  — 
Carpenter Pa(;e  Qb 


CONTENTS.  IX 

CHAPTER  Yirr. 

Surgical  Operations. 

Galen — Aetius —  Fahricius  Hildanm — Diefferibacli 
Frorlep — Phillpp  and  Velpeau — Amussat — Bon- 
net —  Petreipiin  —  Lang^ihacli  —  The  American 
.Surgeons — The  English  Surgeons — Danger  and 
Usclessness  of  these  Operations — Dr.  Claessen — 
Summary  of  Operations      ....     Page  110 

CHAPTER  IX. 

Is  PsELLisM  A  Disease  ? 

The  late  Mr.  HnnVs  Opinion — Gellius-Ulpian — 
Organic  Defects — Cases — Psellism  and  Chorea — 
Treatment  of  Chorea  in  France — Psellism  in  some 
Cases  the  Cause  and  not  the  Effect  of  Disease,  Page  120 

CHAPTER  X. 

System  of  the  late  Mr.  Hunt  and  Peactice 
OF  the  Author. 

Secret  Remedies — System  of  Thomas  Hunt — State- 
ment  of  the  Author — Benefit  derived  from  the 
Perusal  of  Written  Instructions — Self-cure — Re- 
marks on  the  elder  HunVs  System — Treatment — 
Psychical  Treatment — How  to  Detect  Organic  Mal- 
formation— Effects  of  the  Removal  of  the  Im- 
pediment   Page  129 

CHAPTER  XI. 
jVIanagement  of  Stuttering  Children. 

Ihe  Flogging  System — Joseph  Frank — When  Stam- 
mering is  first  noticed — Importance  of  Meeting  the 
Evil  at  the  Outset — Elocution — Relapses — Re- 
marks  by  Dr,  Warren— Concluding  Remarks^  Page  145 


CONTENTS. 


Appendix  A, 


Memoir  of  the  late  Thomas  Hunt — Dr.  Forhes  and 
Mr.  Liston  on  Mr.  Hunfs  System  —  Messrs. 
Chambers  and  Forster — Death  of  Mr.  Hunt-^ 
Pretenders  to  his  System    ^        .        .        .     Page  156 

Appendix  B. 

Hints  to  Stammerers     .....     Page  167 

Appendix  C. 

Testimonials,  ^x Page  172 


CORRIGENDA. 
Pace  40.— Heading  of  Chapter  Toa  External  Influences  of 
Articxdation  read  External  Ivflxienccs  ox  Articulation. 
Page  71.— Bottom  line  for  Medicals  read  Medicales. 


CHAPTER  I. 


INTEODUCTION 


Among  the  many  calamities  incidental  to  human  nature 
there  are  few  so  distressing  as  confirmed  stuttering, 
especially  that  variety  which  is  attended  with  mus- 
cular contortions.  Those  persons  who  have  only 
occasionally  met  with  cases  of  defective  utterance  in 
general  society,  can  have  but  a  faint  idea  of  the  agony 
of  its  victims,  unless  they  have  witnessed  its  effects  in  the 
domestic  circle,  or  in  subjects  in  whose  welfare  they- 
feel  interested.  It  is,  indeed,  a  melancholy  spectacle  to 
see  a  youth,  born  to  a  good  position,  of  refined  intel- 
lect, possessing  extensive  information,  seemingly  des- 
tined to  adorn  society,  and  yet,  though  so  highly 
gifted,  unable  to  give  oral  expression  to  his  thoughts, 
without  inflicting  pain  on  those  who  listen  ^to  him,  or 

B 


2  STAMMERING    AND    STTJTTEKING. 

subjecting  himself  to  ridicule  ;  for,  while  the  deaf-mute 
is  pitied,  the  stutterer  is  generally  laughed  at.^ 

But  not  only  is  the  victim  of  defective  utterance 
debarred  from  the  pleasures  of  social  intercourse,  he 
must  also  give  up  all  hope  of  professional  success,  at 
the  bar,  the  pulpit,  the  senate,  and  the  chair,  and 
must  strike  out  for  himself  some  new  path  for  which, 
perhaps,  neither  his  talent  nor  inclination  fit  him. 

Nor  is  an  impediment  of  speech  less  distressing 
when  it  affects  a  young  female.  The  adage  of  Horace, 
— "  Foeminaa  verba  hatha  decent^'' — that  stammering 
is  becoming  in  females  is,  if  not  sheer  irony,  a  poetical 
license.  It  is  just  possible  that  a  slight  singularity 
of  enunciation  may  serve  to  draw  attention  to  other 
graces  a  yoimg  lady  may  possess ;  but  certain  it  is, 
that  confirmed  stuttering  throws  all  the  enchantments 
of  youth  and  beauty  into  the  shade,  and  must  even- 
tually blight  her  happiness. 

A  popular  author  has  well  depicted  this  distressing 
affliction  in  the  following  verses*. — 

*  To  laugh  at  the  mi;  fortunes  of  our  fellow-creatures  is 
certainly  very  wrong,  but  so  ludicrous  are  the  grimaces  of 
most  stutterers,  that  it  is  next  to  impossible  not  to  laugh  them 
in  the  face.  The  lud  an  stage  had,  in  ray  time,  a  special  actor 
(/7  tartaglia)  to  play  the  part  of  the  stutterer."  (P/a.r.  Med. 
Univ.  J.  Frank). 


INTRODUCTION. 


Tlie  Stammerer's  Complaint* 

"  Has't  ever  seen  an  eagle  chained  to  the  earth  ? 
A  restless  panther  to  his  cage  immured  ? 
A  SAvift  trout  by  the  wily  fisher  checked  ? 
A  wild  bird  hopeless  strain  its  broken  wings  r" 

'*  Or  ever  felt,  at  the  dark  dead  of  night, 
Some  undefined  and  horrid  incubus, 
Press  down  the  very  soul,  and  paralyse 
The  limbs  in  their  imaginary  flight 
From  shadowy  terrors  in  unhallowed  sleep  :" 
***** 

"  Then  thou  can'st  picture — ay,  in  sober  truth — 
In  real,  unexaggerated  truth — 
The  constant  galling,  festering  chain  that  binds 
Captive  my  mute  interpreter  of  thought ; 
The  seal  of  lead  enstamped  upon  my  lips, 
The  load  of  iron  on  my  labouring  chest, 
The  mocking  demon,  that  at  every  step, 
Haunts  me,  and  spurs  me  on — to  burst  in  silence. 

'  I  scarce  would  wonder  if  a  godless  man 
(I  name  not  him  whose  hope  is  heavenward), 
A  man  whom  lying  vanities  hath  scath'd 
And  harden' d  from  all  fear — if  such  an  one, 
By  this  tyrannical  Argus  goaded  on, 
Were  to  be  wearied  of  his  very  life. 
And  daily,  hourly  foiled  in  social  converse 
By  the  slow  simmering  of  disappointment. 
Become  a  sour'd  and  apathetic  being, 
Were  to  feel  rapture  at  the  approach  of  Death, 
And  long  for  his  dark  hope— annihilation," 

*  Ballads  for  the  Times.    By  Martin  Tupper. 


4  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

Production  oj  Speech. 

The  production  of  speech  is  effected  by  the  conjoint 
agency  of  the  respiratory,  vocal,  and  articulating 
organs.  ^'Hie  function  of  respiration  may  be  carried  on 
independent  of  articulation  ;  but  voice  and  speech 
cannot  be  produced  without  the  action  of  the  respira- 
tory organs. 

The  respiratory  apparatus  includes  the  lungs,  the 
trachea  (windpipe),  the  rU^s,  and  all  the  muscles  con- 
nected with  them,  the  diaphragm  and  the  abdominal 
muscles. 

The  production  of  the  voice  takes  place  in  the  larynx 
— a  cartilaginous  box  situated  at  the  anterior  part  of 
the  neck  on  the  top  of  the  windpipe,  with  which  it  is 
connected  by  membranes  and  ligaments.  On  looking 
downwards  into  the  interior  of  the  larynx,  there  may 
be  observed  on  each  side  two  folds  of  the  mucous 
lining  membrane.  These  folds,  which  are  composed  of 
highly  elastic  tissue,  have  received  the  name  of  vocal 
cords  or  vocal  ligaments. 

The  inferior  membranes  are  the  organs  chiefly  con- 
cerned in  the  production  of  voice  ;  hence  they 
are  called  the  true  vocal  cords,  while  the  superior 
membranes   are   termed   the   false   vocal  cords.     The 


INTRODUCTION.  5 

narrow  opening  between  the  true  vocal  cords  is  called 
the  rima  glottidis  (chink  of  the  glottis)  or  simply  the 
glottis. 

The  vocal  cords  are  acted  upon  by  a  variety  of  mus- 
cles, which  have  the  power  of  shortening,  elongating, 
or  stretching  them,  by  which  the  varieties  of  pitch  are 
produced.  But  though  all  the  fundamental  sounds  are 
produced  in  the  larynx,  they  may,  by  the  action  of  the 
organs  between  the  glottis  and  the  external  apertures, 
such  as  the  pharynx,  the  soft  palate,  the  tongue,  the 
teeth,  &c.,  be  so  modified  as  to  become  articulate 
sounds — a  combination  of  which  constitutes  speech. 

The  muscles  by  which  articulation  is  effected  are, 
at  first,  only  partially  subject  to  the  will.  Thus  we 
have  a  control  over  the  movements  of  the  lips,  the 
cheeks,  and  the  greater  portion  of  the  muscles  of  the 
tongue  ;  but  over  the  muscles  of  the  pharynx,  the  soft 
palate,  and  those  muscles  of  the  tongue  which  carry  its 
root  upwards  or  downwards,  our  power  is  not  so  com- 
plete. 

"  We  may  tell  the  patients,"  observes  Magendie  "  to 
depress  the  tongue  because  it  hides  the  tonsils ;  they 
make  many  efforts,  and  it  is  more  by  chance  than  by 
volition  that  the  action  is  obtained.  If  they  are  desired 
to  raise  the  velum,  the  will  has  scarcely  any  power. 


6  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

It  is  the  same  with  regard  to  the  production  of  sounds 
in  the  larynx  and  in  speaking.  The  voice  is  produced, 
Ave  articulate  without  exactly  knowing  what  movements 
are  passing  in  the  larynx  or  in  the  mouth.  This  is  one 
of  the  marvellous  results  of  animal  organisation. 
This  perfect  mechanism,  by  which  the  most  compli- 
cated acts  are  executed  is  not  subject  to  the  will ;  an 
admirable  instinct  presides,  the  perfection  of  which 
will  always  remain  beyond  human  ken.  It  is  this 
instinct  which  presides  over  the  innumerable  move- 
ments requisite  for  the  production  of  voice  and  speech." 

These  opinions  of  Magendie  have  been  much  can- 
vassed ;  but  they  are  in  the  main  correct.  Magendie 
does  not  say,  as  he  is  represented,  that  the  muscles  of 
the  root  of  the  tongue,  the  soft  palate,  and  the  pha- 
rynx are  not  under  our  control,  but  only  that  they  are 
not  completely  so.  They  may  thus  be  considered  as 
involuntary  muscles  in  the  act  of  deglutition  ;  but  they 
are  completely  under  the  influence  of  the  will  of  a  per- 
fect speaker  or  singer,  although,  like  an  acrobat,  he 
may  not  be  cognisant  of  the  state  of  the  particular 
muscles  called  into  motion,  nor  of  the  mode  by  wliich 
he  effects  their  harmonious  action. 

The  principal  nerves  upon  which  the  healthy  action 
of  the  vocal  and  articulating  apparatus  depends  are : — 


INTRODUCTION.  7 

The  inferior  laryngeal  branch  of  the  10th  pair, 
{Pneumo-gastric)  called,  from  its  peculiar  reflex  course 
to  the  larynx,  the  recurrent  nerve,  supplying  most  of 
the  muscles  of  the  larynx. 

2.  The  glosso-pharyngeal,  supplying  the  tongue  and 
the  pharynx. 

3.  The  facial  nerve  {portio  dura),  by  which  the 
movements  of  the  face  and  the  lips  are  regulated. 

4.  The  hypoglossal  or  lingual  nerve,  the  principal 
branches  of  which  are  distributed  to  the  tongue,  of 
which  it  is  the  principal  motor;  to  which  must  be 
added  the  phrenic  nerve,  supplying  the  diaphragm,  and 
in  fact,  most  of  the  nerves  connected  with  respiration. 

All  the  muscles  supplied  by  these  nerves  must  act  in 
harmony  in  the  production  of  speech  ;  and  a  want  of 
control  over  the  emission  of  voluntary  power  to  one  of 
these  muscles  may  afiect  a  number  of  other  muscles 
with  which  they  are  in  the  habit  of  acting  con- 
jointly."^' 

"We  thus  perceive  that  the  process  of  utterance  is 
determined  by  a  variety  of  nervous  tracts  upon  which 

*  For  a  minute  description  of  all  the  organs  concerned  in 
vocalisation  and  articulation,  the  reader  is  referred  to  the 
Author's  work,  Philosophy  of  Voice  and  Speech.  Longman  and 
Co..  1859. 


8  STAMMEEING    AND    STUTTEEING. 

the  activity  of  the  muscles  of  the  abdomen,  the  thorax, 
the  larynx,  the  pharynx,  the  tongue,  and  the  face 
depends.  Though  each  of  these  organs  has  its  pecu- 
liar functions,  they  must  act  synchronously,  or  in  certain 
successions.  If,  then,  their  association  be  interrupted 
by  an  altered  condition  of  any  of  the  respective  nerves 
or  muscles,  the  emission  of  certain  sounds  and  their 
articulation,  becomes  impeded. 

Speech,  then,  is  articulated  voice ;  but  the  instant 
of  time  which  intervenes  between  the  formation  of  the 
sound  in  the  larynx,  and  its  articulation  in  the  cavity 
of  the  mouth  is  so  short,  that  it  can  scarcely  be  appre- 
ciated, hence  the  production  of  voice  and  speech  appear 
as  synchronous  phenomena. 
(^The  perfection  of  speech  depends  : 

1.  On  the  development  of  the  mind. 

2.  On  the  healthy  state  of  the  vocal  and  articulating 
apparatus. 

(  3.  On  the  right  use  of  all  the  organs  concerned  in 
the  production  of  voice  and  articulate  sound. 

The  entire  deprivation  of  speech  may  result  from 
either  of  the  following  causes : 
.  1.  From  imbecility  of  mind,  as  in  perfect  idiocy. 
2.  From  deafness,  congenital,  or  acquired,  and 
*  /3.  From  serious  defects  in  the  organs  of  speech. 


INTKODIJCTION. 


The  state  technically  called  Alalia,"^  or  mutelsin,  does 
not  any  further  concern  us,  the  subject  of  this 
treatise  being  Dyslalia,]  which  consists,  either  in  the 
impossibility  or  difficulty  of  correctly  forming  and 
enunciating  certain  articulate  sounds,  or  of  properly 
conjoining  the  elementary  sounds  for  the  purposes  of 
distinct  utterance.  Dyslalia  thus  embraces  every 
species  of  defective  utterance,  each  appearing  under  a 
variety  of  forms. 


Synonyms  expressive  of  impediments  of  speech  in  general 
in  various  languages. 

Hebeevt. — Kobad  peh   (slow   of  speech);    loag   (to 

stammer) ;  eleg  (a  stutterer). 
Greek.  —  Psellismos  ;     Traulismos  ;    Ischnophonia  ; 

Battarismos. 
Latin. — Balbuties  ;  blaesitas  ;  haesitantia  linguae. 
Fkench.— Begayer  ;     barbouiller  ;     balbutier ;     bre- 

douiller. 
Italian. — Balbetare;  tartaliagre  ;  scingulatio. 

*  A,  priv.  lalia,  speech.    See  the  chapter  on  deaf-dumbness, 
Philosophy  of  Voice  a7id  Speech.     Longman  and  Co.,  1859. 

t  Drjs,  difficult;  lalia,  speech. 


10  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

Spanish. — Tartamudear. 

Gaelic. — Gaggach  ;    gagganach  (a  stutterer) ;    man- 

dach  (lisping) ;  briot  (chitter-chatter). 
Anglo-Saxon. — Stomettan ;  stamer  ;  pblips  ;  melyst. 
German. — Stammela;  stottern;  anstossen. 
English. — Stammer;  stut;  stutter;  lisp. 


CHAPTER  ir. 


STAMMERING  AND  STUTTERING  DEFINED. 


THE  MEANING  OF  WORDS.* 

"  When  I  began  to  examine  the  extent  and  cer- 
tainty of  our  understanding,  I  found  that  it  had  so  near 
a  connection  with  words  that,  unless  their  force  and 
manner  of  signification  were  first  well  observed,  there 
would  be  very  little  said  clearly  and  pertinently  con- 
cerning knowledge." 

"  He  that  shall  consider  the  errors  and  obscurity,  the 
mistakes  and  confusion  that  are  spread  in  the  world 
by  an  ill-use  of  words,  will  find  some  reason  to  doubt 
whether  language,  as  it  has  been  employed,  has  contri- 
buted more  to  the  improvement  or  hindrance  of  know- 
ledge among  mankind," 

"  I  know  there  are  not  words  enough  in  our  language 

*  Extracts  from  Locke's  Essay  on  the  Human  Understanding. 


12  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

to  answer  all  the  variety  of  ideas  that  enter  into  man's 
discourses  and  reasonings.  But  this  hinders  not  that 
when  he  uses  any  term  he  may  have  in  his  mind  a 
determined  idea,  which  he  makes  it  the  sign  of,  and  to 
which  he  should  keep  it  steadily  annexed  during  that 
discourse." 

It  will  presently  appear  how  forcibly  these  just 
remarks  of  our  great  philosopher  apply  to  our  subject. 

Stammering  as  contra-distinguished  from  Stuttering. 

The  terms  "stammering"  and  "stuttering"  are  in 
this  country  synonymously  used  to  designate  all  kinds 
of  defective  utterance.  In  no  English  M'ork  written 
upon  this  subject  has  the  exact  discrimination  between 
these  disorders,  which  diflfer  both  in  kind  and  in  origin, 
been  laid  down  with  scientific  correctness.  From  this 
confusion  of  terms  have  arisen  many  errors  in  theory 
and  in  practice,  for  no  treatment  can  be  efficacious 
unless  our  diagnosis  be  correct. 

It  is,  therefore,  requisite  that  the  distinctive  cha- 
racter of  each  affection  should  be  clearly  defined  at  the 
very  outset. 

Stammering  {per  se)  is  characterised  by  an  inability  or 
difficulty  of  properly  enunciating  some  or  many  of  the 


STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING    DEFINED.  13 

elementary  speech-sounds,  accompanied  or  not,  as  the 
case  may  be,  by  a  slow,  hesitating,  more  or  less  indis- 
tinct delivery,  but  unattended  with  frequent  repetitions 
of  the  initial  sounds,  and  consequent  convulsive  efforts 
to  surmount  the  difficulty. 

Stuttering,  on  the  other  hand,  is  a  vicious  utterance, 

manifested  by  frequent  repetitions  of  initial  or  other 

elementary  sounds,  and  always  more   or  less  attended 

with  muscular  contortion^. 

Having  thus  concisely  stated  the  distinctive  mark  of 

each   disorder,    I   proceed  to  consider  them  in  their 

individual  characters. 


Stammering  and  its  Causes. 

(.  Vowel  Stammering. — The  belief  that  stammering 
occurs  only  in  the  pronunciation  of  consonants  is  cer- 
tainly erroneous ;  the  vowels  are  equally  subject  to  this 
defect,  though  not  to  the  same  extent  as  the  conso- 
nants. The  proximate  causes  of  defective  vowel 
sounds,  may  have  their  seat  e'ither  in  the  vocal  ajjpa- 
ratus,  or  in  the  oral  canal.  The  original  sounds  may 
be  deficient  in  quality,  from  an  affection  of  the  vocal 
ligaments,  as  in  hoarseness ;  or  the  sounds  may  be 
altered  in  the  buccal  and  nasal  cavities,  from  defects, 


14  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

or  an  improper  use  of  the  velum  ;  in  which  cases  tho 
vowels  are  frequently  aspirated.  Enlargement  of  the 
tonsils,  defective  lips  and  teeth,  may  also  influence  the 
enunciation  of  the  vowels.  But  the  whole  speech- 
apparatus  may  be  in  a  healthy  state,  and  yet  the  enun- 
ciation of  the  vowels  may  be  faulty,  from  misemploy- 
ment,  or  from  defective  association  of  the  various  organs 
upon  which  the  proper  articulation  of  the  vowels 
depends.  In  some  cases  the  faulty  pronunciation  may 
be  traced  to  seme  defect  in  the  organ  of  hearing. 

Defective  enunciation  of  Consonants. 

Consonantal  Stammering  may,  like  that  of  the  vowels, 
be  the  result  of  an  organic  affection,  either  of  the  vocal 
apparatus,  or  of  the  organs  of  articulation.  When,  for 
instance,  the  soft  palate,  either  from  existing  apertures 
or  inactivity  of  its  muscles,  cannot  close  the  posterior 
nares,  so  that  the  oral  canal  may  be  separated  from  the 
nasal  tube,  speech  acquires  a  nasal  timbre,  and  the 
articulation  of  many  consonants  is  variously  affected. 
B  and  p  then  assume  the  sound  of  an  indistinct  m  ; 
f/and  t  sound  somewhat  like  n  ;  and  g  and  k  like  ng. 
The  action  of  the  velum  during  speech  is  thus  des- 
cribed by  Sir  Charles  Bell. 


STAMMEKING    AND    STUTTEr.ING    DEFINED  15 

"  In  a  person  whom  I  had  the  pain  of  attending  long 
after  the  bones  of  the  face  were  lost,  and  in  whom  I 
I  could  look  down  behind  the  palate,  I  saw  the  oper- 
ation of  the  vchim  palati.  During  speech  it  was  in 
constant  motion ;  and  when  the  person  pronounced  the 
explosive  letters,  the  velum  rose  convex,  so  as  to  inter- 
rupt the  ascent  of  breath  in  that  directon  ;  and  as  the 
lips  parted,  or  the  tongue  separated  from  the  teeth  or 
palate,  the  velum  recoiled  forcibly." 

On  the  other  hand,  closure  of  the  nasal  tube  either 
from  a  common  cold  or  other  obstructions,  affects  the 
articulation  of  m,  n,  n^,  which  then  sound  nearly  as 
b,  d,  g,  hard.  {Sec  Rhinism). 

The  Chief    Causes  of  Stammering. 

The  variety  of  defects  which  constitute  stammering 
result  either  from  actual  defective  organisation  or 
from  functional  disturbance.  Among  organic  defects 
may  be  enumerated :  hare-lip,  cleft-palate,  abnormal 
length  and  thickness  of  the  uvula,  inflammation  and 
enlargement  of  the  tonsils,  abnormal  size  and  tumours 
oC|he  tongue,  tumours  in  the  buccal  cavity,  want  or 
defective  position  of  the  teeth,  &c. 

Dr.  Ashburner,  in  his  work  on  Dentition,  mentions 


16  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

a  very  curious  case  of  a  boy  who,  though  not  deaf, 
could  not  speak.  This  he  attributed  to  the  smallness 
of  the  jaws,  which  taking  at  length  a  sudden  start  in 
growth  by  which  the  pressure  being  taken  off  from  the 
dental  nerves,  the  organs  became  free,  and  the  boy 
learned  to  speak.  Considering  that  the  teeth  play  but 
a  subordinate  part  in  articulating — for  all  the  speech 
sounds,  including  even  the  dentals,  may  be  pronounced 
without  their  aid,  as  is  the  case  in  toothless  age — it  is 
certainly  not  a  little  singular  that  the  mere  pressure 
on  the  dental  nerves  should  produce  such  an  eifect.  It 
is  very  possible  that  in  this  case  the  motions  of  the 
lower  jaw  and  of  the  tongue  were  impeded,  but  even 
then,  it  is  not  easy  to  account  for  the  fact  that  the 
child  never  attempted  to  articulate,  however  imper- 
fectly. 

When  the  organs  are  in  a  normal  condition,  and  the 
person  is  unable  to  place  them  in  a  proper  position 
to  produce  the  desired  effect,  the  affection  is  said  to  be 
functional.  -Debility,  paralysis,  spasms  of  the  glottis, 
lips,  &c.,  owing  to  a  central  or  local  affection  of  the 
nerves,  habit,  imitation,  Sec,  may  all  more  or  less  tend 
to  produce  stammering. 

From  these  observations  it  anay  be  inferred  that 
stammering   is   either   idiopathic,  when,  arising  from 


STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING    DEFINED.         17 

causes  icithin  the  vocal  and  articulating  apparatus  ;   or 
it  is  symptomatic,  when,  arising  from  cerebral  irritation, 
paralysis,  general  debility,  intoxication,  &c.     Children 
stammer,  partly  from  imperfect   development   of  the 
organs  of  speech,  want  of  control,  deficiency  of  ideas, 
and  imitation,  or  in  consequence  of  cerebral  and  ab- 
dominal affections.     The  stammering,  or  rather  falter- 
ing of  old  people  chiefly  arises  from  local  or  general 
debility.     The  cold  stage  of  fever,  intoxication,  loss  of 
blood,  narcotics,  may  all  produce  stammering.     Stam- 
mering  is    idiopathic   and  permanent  in   imbecility, 
when  the   slowness   of  thought  keeps  pace  with  the 
imperfection  of  speech.     It   may  also  be  transitorily 
produced   by  sudden  emotions.     Persons  gifted  with 
great  volubility,  when  abruptly   charged   with    some 
real   or  pretended  delinquency  may  only   be  able  to 
stam7ner  out  an  excuse. 

Stutteri7ig. 

The  main  feature  of  stuttering  consists  in  the 
difficulty  in  conjoining  and  fluently  enunciating  syl- 
lables, words,~and  sentences.  The  interruptions  are 
more  or  less  frequent,  the  syllables  or  words  being 
thrown  out  in  jerks.   Hence  the  speech  of  stutterers  has 


18  STAMMEKING    AND    STUTTERING. 

been  by  Shakspeare*  (and  by  Plutarch  before  him) 
aptly  compared  to  the  pouring  out  of  water  from  a 
bottle  with  a  long  neck,  which  either  flows  in  a  stream, 
or  is  interoiittent ;  the  patient  in  the  former  case,  feeling 
that  his  glottis  is  open,  endeavours  to  pour  out  as  many 
words  as  possible  before  a  new  interruption  takes  place. 
The  stoppage  of  the  sound  may  take  place  at  the  second 
or  third  syllable  of  a  word,  but  occurs  more  frequently 
at  the  first,  and  the  usual  consequence  is,  that  the  begin- 
ning of  a  syllable  is  several  times  repeated  until  tlie 
difficulty  is  conquered.  The  stutterer,  unless  he  be  at 
the  same  time  a  stammerer, j which  is  now  and  then  the 
case,  has  generally  no  difficulty  in  articulating  the  ele- 
mentary sounds/in  whiqh  respect  he  differs  from  the 
latter  ;  it  is  in  the  combination  of  these  sounds  in  th^ 
formation  of  words  and  senteiices  that  his  infirmity 
consists. 

Stuttering  does  not  obtain  to  the  same  degree  in  all 
persons.  In  the  most  simple  cases  the  affection  is  but 
little  perceptible  ;  the  person  speaks  nearly  without  in- 

*  "I  pr'ythee,  tell  me,  who  is  it  ?  quickly,  and  speak  apace. 
I  would  thou  could' St  stammer,  that  thou  might' st  pour  this 
concealed  man  out  of  thy  mouth,  as  wine  comes  out  of  a  narrow 
mouthd  bottle,  either  too  much  at  once,  or  none  at  all.  I 
pr'ythee  take  the  cork  out  of  thymoutli,  that  I  may  drink  thy 
tidings."     As  You  Like  it.  Act  3.  iSc.  2. 


CHAPTER  III. 

MINOR  DEFECTS  OF  AETICDLATIOK 

Defective  enunciation  of  the  consonant  r. — RJiotacism. 
French,  Grasseyement,  parler  gras.  English,  ra^/Z/w^, 
burring.     German,  Schnarren. 

The  mechanism  in  the  production  of  this  consonant 
is  very  complicated,  requiring  considerable  efforts  of 
various  organs.*  This  may  be  one  of  the  reasons  why 
in  some  languages,  us  for  instance  in  the  Chinese,  it  is 
altogether  wanting,  and  I  substituted  for  it.  The  con- 
sonant may  be  produced  in  two  ways,  in  front  or  behind  ; 
so  that  we  have  a  lingual  r,  and  a  guttural  r.  The 
former  is  the  result  when  the  tip  of  the  tongue  touches 
and  vibrates  against  the  hard  palate,  while  the  latter, 
or  the  guttural  r,  is  produced  by  the  contact  between 
the  posterior  part  of  the  tongue  and  the  soft  palate, 
when  the  vibration  of  the  uvula  is  effected  by  the 
passing  air  current.     The  lingual  r  is  considered  as  the 

*  The  difficulty  of  articulation  in  the  various  races  of 
men  is  very  curious,  e.g.,  it  was  noticed  long  ago  by  Capt. 
Cook,  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  and  others,  that  the  Negro  could 
pronounce  any  English  word,  while  the  Polynesians  could  not 
pronounce  any  English  word  of  more  than  one  syllable. 


26  STAMMEIUXCx    AND    STUTTERING. 

legitimate  speech-sound,  wliilst  the  guttural  enunciation 
is  looked  upon  as  a  fault,  especially  in  public  speakers. 
From  the  difficulty  of  its  enunciation,  r  is  the  last 
letter  children  learn  to  articulate  ;  they  at  first  pro- 
nounce I  instead  of  it  until  at  lengh  the  sound  is 
mastered. 

The  defective  enunciation  of  this  consonant  has  no'' 
escaped  the  notice  of  the  ancients.  Plutarch  says  of 
Alcibiades  "  He  had  a  lisping^'  in  his  speech,  which 
became  him,  and  gave  a  grace  and  persuasive  tone  to 
his  discourse."  Aristophanes,  in  those  verses  wherein 
he  ridicules  Theorus,  takes  notice  that  Alcibiades 
lisped,  for  instead  of  calling  him  corax  (raven)  he 
called  him  colax  (flatterer),  from  whence  the  poet  takes 
occasion  to  observe  that  the  term  in  that  lisping  pro- 
nunciation too  was  applicable  to  him.  With  this 
agrees  the  satirical  description  which  Archippus  gives 
of  the  son  of  Alcibiades — 

"  With  sauntering  step  to  imitate  his  father, 
The  vain  youth  moves  ;  his  loose  robe  wildly  floats  ; 
He  bends  the  neck — he  lisps. "f 
The  correct  articulation  of  r  seems  to  have  been  one 

*  The  translation  of  lisping  is  scarcely  correct  according  to 
the  meaning  we  attach  to  the  word  ;  the  original  is  trauloteta. 
Traulos,  traulotes,  evidently  refer  to  the  inability  of  articu_ 
lating  the  letter  r,  though  traulizo,  traulismosare  frequently 
us  ed  for  stammering  in  general. 

t  Langhorn's  Plutarch. 


MINOR    DEFECTS    OF    AUTIOU  L-YTION".  21 

of  the  difficulties  encountered  by  Demosthenes.  Cicero'^ 
said,  his  speech  was  so  inarticulate  that  he  was  unable 
to  pronounce  the  first  letter  of  the  art  he  studied,  viz., 
Rhetoric.  By  practice  he  effected  so  much  that  no 
one  is  thought  to  have  spoken  more  distinctly.  Demos- 
thenes was,  therefore,  not  of  opinion  that  the  defective 
enunciation  of  r  gives,  as  Plutarch  observes,  a  per- 
suasive turn  to  a  discourse.  The  fact  is,  that  though 
tolerated  in  an  Alcibiades  and  in  a  pretty  girl,  rattling 
is  a  grave  fault  in  a  public  speaker,  sometimes  very 
disagreeable  to  listen  to,  and  in  some  cases  insupportable. 
Khotacism  is  more  common  among  the  northern  than 
among  the  southern  nations.  The  defect  is  rarely  met 
with  among  Spaniards  and  Italians.  Owing  chiefly  to 
imitation  there  are  whole  provinces  which  use  the 
guttural  r.  In  our  own  country,  we  may  mention 
Northumberland  (the  Newcastle  burr)f  It  is  com- 
paratively rare  that  a  person  can  neither  pronounce 
the  guttural  nor  the  lingual  r ;  but  such  instances   do 

*  "  Demosthenes  quum  ita  balbus  esset,  iit  ejus  ipsius  artis 
cui  studeret  (sc.  rhetoricae)  primam  literam  (so.  r.)  non  posset 
dicere."  Cicero  adds,  "  perfecit  meditando  ut  nemo  planius 
esse  locutus  piitaretur." 

t  In  some  places  it  is  universal,  as  in  Denmark,  in  Marseilles, 
and  also  in  Paris,  where  the  enunciation  of  the  r  seems  to 
some  extent  subject  to  the  fashion  of  t!ie  day. 


28  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

occur.  The  main  cause  of  the  production  of  the 
guttural,  instead  of  the  lingual  r  is,  that  the  tongue 
is  kept  in  a  convex  position,  and  vibrates  at  the  base 
instead  of  being  concave  towards  the  palate,  and 
vibrating  the  tip  of  the  tongue  against  the  roof. 
Talma,  the  celebrated  French  actor,  proposed  the 
following  method  for  the  removal  of  this  defect  : 
Choose  for  the  first  exercises  a  word  in  which  there 
is  but  one  r,  preceded  by  a  t, —  travail  for  instance. 
Write  tdavail,  by  substituting  d  for  r.  The  pupil  will 
then  pronounce  t  and  d  separately  thus — /-,  d-,  avail ; 
insensibly  he  will  add  the  mute  e  and  pronounce  te-da- 
vail ;  by  inducing  him  to  pronounce  more  rapidly  he 
will  nearly  drop  the  mute  e  and  say  tdavail.  The 
pupil  must  now  be  urged  to  pronounce  as  rapidly  as 
possible,  uniting  the  sound  of  t  with  that  of  c?,  giving 
more  force  to  the  articulation  of  t.  By  this  pro- 
ceeding, the  lingual  r  is  insensibly  articulated,  seem- 
ingly produced  by  the  rapid  union  of  t  and  d:  Other 
exercises  must  follow  until  the  vicious  habit  is  aban- 
doned. This  method  is  said  to  have  been,  long  before, 
used  to  teach  the  production  of  r  in  the  Institution  for 
Deaf-mutes  in  Erfurt.  By  this  simple  method,  observes 
Fournier,  who  described  it,  numbers  of  cures  have 
been  efiected,  and  he  cites  as  an  instance,  the  pretty 


MINOR    DEFECTS    OF    AIiTICUL.^.TION.  29 

and  accomplished  actress,  Mile.  St.  Phal,  who  had, 
owing  to  her  defective  articulation  of  r,  to  retire  from 
the  stage  for  a  time.  When  she  re-appeared  adds 
the  gallant  professor,  her  enunciation  was  so  much 
changed  that  she  would  not  have  been  recognised  by 
the  spectators  but  for  her  charming  face. 

In  our  own  language,  either  from  inability  to  pro- 
nounce the  canine  letter,  from  habit,  imitation,  and  in 
many  cases,  from  pure  affectation,  w  is  frequently  sub- 
stituted for  r.  Roman  is  pronounced  Woeman  ;  rub- 
bish, wubbish,  &c. — a  vicious  habit  which,  in  spite  of 
Mr.  Punch's  weekly  castigations,  still  obtains  amongst 
our  would-be  exquisites.  In  justice  to  modem  dandy- 
ism it  must  be  stated  that  affected  rhotacism  is  not  of 
recent  origin.  Lentilius,  a  famous  physician  of  the 
17th  century,  remarks  on  this  subject  that,  although 
no  sane  man  can  subscribe  the  stupid  opinion  that 
there  is  anything  graceful  in  stammering,  yet  he  re- 
members having  known  in  Saxony  some  noble  young 
ladies  who,  though  well  able  to  pronounce  the  canine 
letter,  made  the  greatest  effort  to  acquire  a  stammering 
(dropping  the  r)  enunciation  which,  in  their  opinion, 
was  more  graceful,  and  a  sign  of  gentility. "^ 

As  there  is  nothing  new  under  the  sun,  so  we  find 
*  Lentilius.  K.  Med.  Pract.  Miscell.  Ulmae,  1698. 


30  STAMMEllING    AND    STUTTERING. 

that  old  Ovid^''  already  complained  that  some  study 
to  weep  with  propriety,  and  can  cry  at  any  time 
and  in  any  manner  they  please.  They  moreover 
deprive  the  letters  of  their  legitunate  sounds;  they 
contract  the  lisping  tongue,  and  seek  for  grace  in  a 
vicious  articulation  of  the  words.  They  learn  to  speak 
worse  than  they  actually  can. 

The  following  extract  in  relation  to  rhotacism  may, 
perhaps,  interest  the  reader. 

The  Wonders.] 

"  There  is  a  village  in  this  county  named  Charleton, 
surnamed  Curley,  and  all  that  are  born  herein,  have  a 
harsh  and  wratling  kind  of  speech,  uttering  their  words 
with  much  difficulty,  and  wharling  in  the  throat,  and 
cannot  well  pronounce  the  letter  r.  Surely  this  pro- 
ceedeth  not  from  any  natural  imperfection  in  the 
parents  (whence,  probably,  the  tribual  lisping  of  the 

*  .     .     .     Discant  lacrimare  decenter 
Quoque  volunt  plorant  tempore,  quoque  modo 
Quid  ?    cum  legitima  fraudatur  littera  voce, 
Blaesaque  fit  jusso  subdola  lingua  sono  r 
In  vitio  decor  est,  quaedam  male  reddere  verba, 
Discuut  posse  minus,  quam  potuere  loqiii. 

Ov.  Ar.  Am.  3.  293. 

t   T.  Fuller's  Worthies  of  Leicestershire.  London  1662,  ^?.  126. 


MINOR  defp:cts  of  akticulation.  31 

Ephraimites  did  arise,  Judg.  xii.  6.),  because  their 
children,  born  in  other  places,  are  not  haunted  with  that 
infirmity.  Rather  it  is  to  be  imputed  to  some  occult 
quality  in  the  elements  of  that  place.  Thus,  a  learned 
author  (J.  Bandin  Method.  Hist.  cap.  5)  informeth  us, 
that  some  families  at  Lnhloin,  in  Guyen,  in  France,  do 
naturally  stut  and  stammer,  which  he  taketh  to  proceed 
from  the  nature  of  the  waters. 

"As  for  the  inability  distinctly  to  pronounce  r,  it 
is  a  catching  disease  in  other  counties.  I  knew  an 
Essex  man,  (Mr.  Jos.  Mede),  as  great  a  scholar  as  any 
in  our  age,  who  could  not,  for  his  life,  utter  Carolus 
Rex  Britamiice,  without  stammering.  The  best  was, 
the  king  had  from  him  in  his  hearty  prayers  what  he 
wanted  in  YCr^  plain  pronunciation. 

"  My  father  has  told  me,  that  in  his  time,  a  fellow  of 
Trinity  College.,  probably  a  native  of  Charleton,  in  this 
county,  sensible  of  his  own  imperfection  herein,  made 
a  speech  of  competent  length,  with  select  words  both 
to  his  mouth  and  for  his  matter  without  any  r  therein, 
to  show  that  men  may  speak  without  being  beholden  to 
the  dogs  letter." 

From  what  I  have  been  able  to  ascertain,  the  present 
inhabitants  have  neither  this  defect,  nor  has  the  "  oldest 
inhabitant"  any  knowledge  of  its  ever  having  prevailed 
in  the  district. 


32  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

Slgmatism,  from  the  Greek  dgma,  comprehends  the 
various  defects  in  the  enunciation  of  the  sibilants  or 
hissing  sounds,  s,  z,  zh,  &c.  Our  own  word  to  lisp  is 
probably  -derived  from  the  sound  :  Anglo-Saxon  wlisp, 
German  lispeln,  French  sesseyer.  Though  the  Greeks 
used  the  word  pselUsmos  for  impediments  of  speech  in 
general,  it  seems  that  joseZ/os  specially  meant  a  lisper,  and 
the  word  is,  according  to  Hesychius,  an  onomatopoiea. 
The  substitution  of  t,  or  th  for  s,  or  vice  versa,  is  the 
most  common  expression  of  the  vice  of  lisping,  for  it  is 
certainly  no  beauty  of  enunciation,  whatever  may  be 
the  opinion  of  our  young  ladies. 

If  lisping  does  not  proceed  from  an  abnormal  condi- 
tion of  the  tongue  and  the  position  of  the  teeth,  it  is 
the  result  of  habit  and  affectation.  This  peculiar 
utterance  of  the  sibilants,  arises  mostly  from  the 
inappropriate  action  of  the  tongue  against  the  teeth. 

Our  th  seems  to  be  the  shiboleth  of  foreigners,  who 
do  not  possess  this  sound.  In  their  attempts  to 
enunciate  the  sound,  they  pronounce  tinker  or  dsinker 
for  thinker,  &cc. 

Rhinism  or  Rhinophonia  (speaking  through  the  nose). 
— In  the  normal  state  of  articulation,  the  sounds  escape 
more  or  less  both  by  the  mouth  and  nostrils.  When 
either  of  these  passages  is  closed,  or  when  any  one 


MINOR    DEFECTS    OF    ARTICULATION.  33 

attempts  to  speak  or  sing  more  than  usually  through 
one  channel,  the  sound  acquires  that  disagreeable 
quality,  the  nasal  timbre,  which  thus  arises  from  two 
opposite  causes.  When  the  dorsum  of  the  tongue  is 
raised,  and  the  soft  palate  descends,  the  air  can  only 
partially  flow  out  by  the  buccal  cavity,  in  which  case 
the  sounding  air- current  passes  into  the  nasal  cavity, 
and  escapes  by  the  external  nostrils.  There  results,  from 
this,  what  is  commonly  termed  the  nasal  twang,  and 
the  expression  "  speaking  through  the  nose,"  is  suffi- 
ciently correct.  But  the  very  same  effect  may  be 
produced  by  the  opposite  cause  of  obstructions  existing 
in  the  nasal  cavities,  either  from  inflammation  of  the 
mucous  membrane,  tumours,  or  by  holding  the  nose,  so 
as  to  prevent  the  sound  escaping  by  the  nostrils.  In 
such  cases,  it  is  clear  the  person  does  not  speak  through 
the  nose,  but  through  the  mouth.  From  imitation  and 
habit,  there  are  whole  nations  who  rejoice  in  that  pecu- 
liar twang ^  which  distinguishes  the  genuine  Yankee.  It  is 
by  obtaining  a  great  command  over  the  action  of  the 
vocal  and  articulating  organs,  that  many  persons 
become  adepts  in  altering  the  normal  action  of  their 
organs,  and  in  imitating  the  voice  and  speech  of  others. 
Cluttering. — French.  Bredouillement,  is  an  anomalous 
enunciation,  which  consists  in  pronouncing  words  and 


34  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

sentences  with  such  rapidity,  that  the  syllables  appear 
only  half  articulated,  and  the  speaker  becomes,  conse- 
quently, unintelligible. 

This  vice  must  be  distinguished  from  mere  talkative- 
ness, and  specially  from  its  morbid  aggravation 
lallomania — an  irresistible  impulse  to  talk — resulting, 
no  doubt,  from  some  cerebral  affection.  Cluttering  is  , 
also,  distinct  from  patterijig,  assumed  by  some  of  our 
actors  and  entertainers,  for  the  purpose  of  diverting 
their  audience.  Pattering  is  ^feat  which  may  be  ac- 
quired by  much  practice,  cluttering  is  a  vice  which, 
unless  checked  at  the  proper  time,  may  become 
habitual.  There  are  no  other  means  of  remedying  it  but 
by  enjoining  the  pupils  to  articulate  slowly,  and  recite 
rhythmical  exercises,  and  thus  prevent  them  crowding 
and  gluing  their  words  together.  With  regard  to 
natural  pattering,  or  abnormal  rapidity  of  utterance,  it 
will  generally  be  found  that  little  persons,  of  a  sanguine 
temperament,  are  much  more  inclined  to  it  than  the 
tall  and  phlegmatic.  The  reason  seems  to  be  that,  in 
the  former,  the  circulation  and  respiration  is  more 
rapid,  and  their  ideas,  possibly,  present  themselves 
more  readily,  while  in  tall  and  phlegmatic  persons,  the 
pulse  being  slower,  and  the  respiration  proportionally 
less  frequent,  the  utterance  keeps  pace,  and  is  more 
sedate 


CHAPTER  IV. 

STATISTICS  OF  PSELLISM. 

CoLOMBAT  ( Tableau  Synopt.  8f  Statistiqtie)  assumes 
that  there  are,  in  France,  about  6,000  persons  labouring 
under  defective  articulation,  or  nearly  1  in  5,000. 
There  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  actual  proportion  is 
much  greater.  Colombat  himself  admits  that  he  in- 
cluded in  his  estimation  such  only  whose  impediments 
were  strongly  marked.  In  Prussia,  which,  in  1830 
contained  a  population  of  about  13,000,000,  the 
number  ascertained  from  the  official  returns  of 
many  places,  was  calculated  to  amount  to  more 
than  26,000  cases  for  the  whole  kingdom.  Accord- 
ing to  this  calculation,  taking  the  population  of 
the  globe  to  amount  to  about  1000,000,000,  the 
number  of  stutterers  and  stammerers,  would,  form 
an  army  of  2,000,000,  of  which  London  alone  would 
possess  nearly  6,000.  It  would  be  very  desirable  that 
at  the  Census,  or  whenever  an  opportunity  may  occur, 
the  Registrar-General  would  employ  the  means  at  his 


36  STAMMERING    ANE    STUTTERING. 

disposal  to  ascertain  the  actual  number  of  persons 
labouring  under  various  impediments  of  speech  in 
Great  Britain,  which,  I  have  little  doubt  will  approach 
the  proportion  of  3  in  1,000. 

It  is  unquestionable  that  psellism  is  far  less  frequent 
in  females  than  in  men.  Jtard  declares  he  never  met 
with  a  female  stutterer,  though  he  does  not  deny  that 
such  exist.  According  to  Colombat,  one  woman  only  in 
20,000  stutters,  while  the  proportion,  according  to  the 
same  authority,  in  men  is  1  in  5,000. 

Reasoning  a  j^riori^  one  would  imagine  that  stuttering 
should  be  more  prevalent  among  females  than  among 
males.  If  the  cause  of  stuttering  depends  upon  nervous 
susceptibility,  and  if  it  be  nearly  allied  to  chorea, 
females  should  suffer  from  it  in  greater  numbers. 
Again,  if,  as  some  gratuitously  assume — without  a 
shadow  of  reason — that  woman  thinks  more  rapidly 
than  man,  the  probable  effect  should  be  that  the  words 
would  not  keep  pace  with  the  thoughts.  Aristotle, 
(for  Rullier  seems  to  have  borrowed  the  idea  from  him) 
already  considered  that  one  of  the  causes  of  stuttering 
was,  that  the  words  did  not  proceed  j-jarZ/Mssw  with  the 
thoughts,  on  account  of  the  flight  of  the  imagination. 
Again,  if  timidity  be  one  of  the  causes  of  stuttering,  the 
fair  sex  should,  from  their  natural  bashfulness,  be  more 


STATISTICS    OF    PSELLISM.  37 

liable  to  it.  Setting  aside  the  theory  of  final  causes, 
viz  :  that  nature,  in  order  to  compensate  woman  for 
her  weakness,  has  bestowed  upon  her  a  powerful 
weapon  in  the  gift  of  the  tongue,  we  must,  then,  rest 
satisfied  with  the  physiological  fact,  that  the  vocal  and 
and  articulating  apparatus  of  woman  being  more  elastic 
and  mobile  than  that  of  man,  is  less  liable  to  be  affected 
by  some  of  the  minor  causes  which  produce  the  infir- 
mity in  the  male  sex.  In  illustration  of  this  fact  it 
may  be  stated  that,  the  male  voice  rarely,  if  ever, 
reaches  such  a  compass  as  that  possessed  by  some 
female  singers,  such  as  Catalani,  or  Sessi,  &;c. 

I  have  full  reason  to  believe  the  estimate  above,  far 
too  low,  at  least,  for  this  country.  Many  cases  of 
female  stutterers  have  come  under  my  notice,  some  of 
which,  of  a  very  severe  nature,  requiring  the  greatest 
care  in  treatment.  The  habitual  timidity  of  women 
frequently  aggravated  by  a  derangement  of  the  nervous 
system,  combines  to  produce  more  intricate  cases  than 
in  men,  and  require  more  time  and  patience  to  arrive 
at  a  successful  issue. 

It  would  equally  be  an  interesting  subject  of  inquiry, 
to  ascertain,  as  far  as  possible,  the  influence  of  different 
languages  and  dialects  upon  the  causation  of  impeded 
articulation.     At  present,  our  data  are  insufficient  to 


38  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

found  on  tliem  any  correct  theory.  It  is  presumable^ 
that  a  soft  flowing  language  may  not  produce  such  a 
Iter  centage  of  stutterers  as  a  liarsh  and  guttural  one  ; 
climate  and  other  circumstances  may  also  have  a  con- 
siderable influence. 

Colombat  mentions  that  a  son  of  Mr.  Chaigneau,  the 
French  Consul,  in  Cochin-China,  born  of  a  Chinese 
mother,  and  who,  from  his  innmcy,  spoke  the  languages 
of  both  his  parents,  expressed  himself  with  the  greatest 
facility  in  the  Chinese  dialect,  but  stuttered  much  in 
spealdng  French,  which  he  was  chiefly  in  the  habit  of 
using.  Colombat  attributes  this  to  the  rhythmical 
structure  of  the  Chinese,  and  the  peculiar  intonation 
required  to  distinguish  similar  words.  (See  Philosojjht/ 
of  Voice  and  Sj^eech,  page  185.) 

It  appears  to  me,  that  if  it  be  true,  as  has  been 
asserted  on  very  slender  grounds,  that  there  are  no 
stutterers  in  China  (for  the  whole  nation  stammer,  at 
least,  in  our  acceptation  of  the  term,  inasmuch  as  they 
cannot  pronounce  the  canine  letter),  the  circumstance 
is  not  so  much  owing  to  the  sing-song,  nor  to  the 
rhythmical  structure  of  the  Chinese  language,  but 
chiefly  to  its  being  a  mono -syllabic  tongue. 

In  Great  Britain  I  think  there  is  an  excess  of  the 
average  amount  of  stutterers  in  the  north,  where  our 


STATISTICS    OF    TSELLISM.  39 

language  meets  the  Gaelic.  Where  a  mixed  language 
is  spoken,  the  majority  are  unable  to  speak  the  one  or 
the  other  perfectly,  and  the  result  is,  that  they  find  a 
difficulty  at  both,  whence  arises  a  certain  hesitation, 
the  forerunner  of  stuttering.  If  this  be  true,  we  might, 
a  priori,  expect  a  large  number  of  stutterers  and 
stammerers  at  the  frontiers  of  countries  in  which  the 
languages  differ  ;  but  I  am  not  aware  whether  such  be 
the  fact. 

Another  question  has  been  much  discussed,  namely, 
whether  psellism  be  the  privilege  of  civilization  or  not. 
All  travellers,  who  have  long  resided  among  unculti- 
vated nations,  and  whose  authority  is  of  any  \veight, 
maintain  that  they  never  met  with  any  savages  labour- 
ing under  an  impediment  of  speech, ••'  Granting  it  to 
be  so,  it  is  not  easy  to  say  whether  this  immunity  is 
owing  to  the  more  ample  physical  development  of  the 
buccal  cavity  in  savages,  to  the  nature  of  their  dialect, 
or  to  their  freedom  from  mental  anxieties  and  nervous 
debility,  the  usual  concomitants  of  refinement  and  civi- 
lization. My  impression  is,  that  the  latter  circumstance 
offers  the  best  explanation  of  the  alleged  fact. 

*  De  Froberville  (Bull,  de  la  Soc.  Geogr.  Juin,  1852),  speaks 
of  a  stuttering  negro-tribe,  the  Neambaga ;  they  intercalate 
the  syllable,  shill,  or  any  other,  in  the  middle  of  each  word. 


CHAPTER  V. 

EXTERNAL  INFLUENCES  OF  ARTICULATION. 

The  doctrine  of  hereditary  transmission  both  of  cor- 
poreal and  mental  qualities  from  parent  to  offspring,  as 
shown  in  external  resemblance  and  similarity  of  internal 
organization,  has,  at  all  times  met  with  much  favour. 
But  while  there  are  some  who  assert  that,  excepting 
acute  fevers,  nearly  all  affections  are  transmitted  by 
the  parent  to  the  child,  there  are  some  eminent 
physiologists  who  totally  dissent  from  this  doctrine, 
both  as  a  matter  of  fact  and  theory.  Dr.  Louis  goes  even 
so  far  as  to  consider  variation  the  rule ;  and  conformity 
the  exception.  Thus,  with  regard  to  temperament,  he 
observes,  that  children,  born  of  the  same  parents,  nearly 
always  exhibit  different  temperaments ;  some  are  of  a 
bilious,  others  of  a  sanguine,  or  a  phlegmatic  tempera- 
ment. Twins  frequently  differ  in  this  respect.  Even 
the  famous  Hungarian  sisters  who  lived  twenty-two 
years,  are  described  as  having  been  most  dissimilar  in 
temperament  and  dispositions,  although  they  were  like 


EXTERNAL    INFLUENCES    OF    AUTICULATION.       41 

the  Siamese  twins,  joined  together,  and  had  a  com- 
municating system  of  blood  vessels. 

In  accordance  with  this  doctrine,  impediments  of 
speech  have  also  generally  been  considered  as  hereditary 
affections,  and  as  the  male  is  believed  to  influence  more 
the  external  resemblance,  and  the  female  more  the 
internal  organism,  when  hereditary  on  the  female 
side,  it  is  said  to  spread  upon  a  greater  number  of  a 
family.  Certain  it  is,  that  many  stammerers  and 
stutterers  consider  their  affection  as  an  inheritance,  and 
account  for  it  that  they  have  a  parent  or  collateral 
relation  labouring  under  the  same  infirmity.  It  is 
equally  true,  that  many  instances  can  be  adduced  where 
the  defect  has  descended  for  several  generations,  and  I 
have,  myself,  had  under  my  care  several  children  thus 
afflicted  out  of  one  family  where  the  parents  stuttered. 

S.  Lucas*  who  assumes  that  not  merely  external  re- 
semblance, and  internal  organization,  but  moral  and 
intellectual  aptitudes  are  directly  transmitted,  gives  the 
following  instance  of  hereditary  loquacity.  A  servant 
girl  talked  so  incessantly,  either  to  others  or  to  herself, 
that  her  master  found  it  necessary  to  dismiss  her,  when 
she  exclaimed   "  But,  sir,  it  is  not  my  fault ;    it  is  no^ 

*  Traite  Philosoph.  et  Physiol,  de  Vheredite  naturelle,  Paris* 
1847. 


42  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

my  fault ;  it  comes  to  me  from  my  father,  who  tormented 
my  mother  in  the  same  way,  and  he  had  a  brother  who 
was  just  like  me." 

Now  without  at  all  denying  the  transmission  even  of 
organic  defects — the  statistics  of  deaf-muteism*  having 
placed  this  question  beyond  any  doubt,  I  still  contend 
that  stuttering  as  such,  is  7iot  an  inheritance,  not 
being,  as  deaf-muteism,  the  result  of  defective  organi- 
sation. All  that  can  be  safely  asserted  amounts  to 
this  :  that  as  nervous  affections  are,  more  or  less  trans- 
missible, hereditary  influence  may  be  at  work  in 
causing  a  pre-disposition  to  contract  the  habit  of 
stuttering  whenever  the  subject  is  placed  in  certain  cir- 
cumstances favourable  for  its  development 


Injluence  of  Temperature. 

That  sudden  variations  of  temperature,  changes  of 
the  season,  extreme  heat  or  cold,  have  some  influence, 
(as  in  most  nervous  affections,)  in  either  increasing  or 
diminishing  the  infirmity,  merely  confirms  the  theory, 
that  stuttering  is  a  functional  disorder.  Colombat 
asserts,  that  stuttering  increases  in  winter  and  summer," 

*  See  Philosophy  of  Voice  and   SpeecJi,  chap.  xix. 


EXTERNAL    INFLUENCES    OF    ARTICULATION.       43 

and  diminishes  in  autumn  and  spring,  provided  they 
are  temperate  and  moist,  and  that  dry  air  in  frost  and 
great  heat  act  inversely.'*''  This  is  opposed  to  the 
experience  and  practice  of  Mercurialis,  who  would 
confine  the  patient  in  a  dry  and  heated  atmosphere. 
The  affection  is  also  said  to  be  more  sensible  in  the 
morning  than  in  the  evening.  According  to  my  own 
experience,  all  these  assumptions  are  more  fanciful  than 
real.  No  certain  rules  can  be  laid  down  in  this  respect. 
The  dry  or  damp  state  of  the  atmosphere,  its  electrical 
condition,  and  the  changes  of  the  season,  influence 
stuttering  according  to  the  idiosyncrasy  of  the  subject, 
so  that  the  same  external  influences  produce  among  a 
number  of  stutterers  collected  under  one  roof,  opposite 
effects. 

Tempet'ument. — That  the  majority  of  stutterers  belong 
to  what  are  termed  the  sanguine  and  nervous  tempera- 
ment is  true  enough  :  but  it  is  an  error  to  suppose  that 
they  are  exclusively  of  this  class.  All  temperaments 
yield  their  quota,  and  some  of  the  more  severe  cases 
which.  I  had  under  my  care  were  subjects  of  a  lymphatic, 

*  *'  Aetna  was  very  furious  when  we  passed,  as  she  useth 
to  be  sometimes  more  than  others,  specially  when  the  wind 
is  southward,  for  then  she  is  more  subject  to  belching  out 
Hakes  of  fii'e,  as  stutterers  use  to  stammer  tnore  when  the  wind 
is  in  that  hole.   {Howel's  letters,  1655.) 


44  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

temperament,  who,  though  less  tractable  than  those  of 
any  other  temperament,  rarely  relapsed  after  being  once 
cured. 


Psychical  Injluences. 

Every  passing  emotion  influences  more  or  less  the 
action  of  the  heart  and  the  respiratory  functions, 
either  in  accelerating  or  retarding  them,  and  as  the 
production  of  voice  is  intimately  connected  with  the 
act  of  respiration,  it  is  not  surprising  that  the  vocal 
and  articulating  apparatus  is  instantly  affected  by  the 
state  of  our  feelings  and  thoughts.  If,  on  the  one 
hand,  slight  emotions  increase  the  infirmity  of  stutter- 
ing, violent  emotions,  wrath,  fear,  danger,  or  severe 
injury,  may  remove  it  by  the  excitation  of  cerebral 
action ;  the  motor  agents  of  the  articulation  receive 
a  new  impulse  and  vigour,  and  the  person  who  could 
scarcely  produce  a  word,  expresses  himself  with 
remarkable  energy.  On  the  other  hand,  voice  and 
speech  may  be  suddenly  lost  under  the  influence  of 
powerful  emotions.  The  following  cases,  presenting 
opposite  effects,  may  serve  as  illustrations  : — 

In  January,  1833,  three  gentlemen,  MM.  Dub... 
Mart...  and  Ou...,  stutterers  to  a  painful  degree,  went 


EXTERNAL    INFLUENCES    OF    AETICULATION.       45 

to  the  French  Academy  of  Sciences,  for  the  purpose 
of  being  examined  before  a  Commission  prior  to  the 
commencement  of  their  treatment  under  Mr.  Colombat, 
then  a  candidate  for  the  prize  Monthyon.  On  leaving 
the  Academy,  they  entered  a  tobacconist  shop  to 
purchase  some  cigars.  Mr.  Dub. ..who  was  the  least 
timid,  commenced  his  address,  "  Dooo  do  doo  donncz 
mois  des  ci  des  ci  des  cigarres."  It  so  happened  that 
the  tobacconist  was  himself  a  terrible  stutterer ;  he 
was  thus  by  no  means  surprised  to  have  found  a  com- 
rade in  affliction,  but  he  was  certainly  far  from  imagin- 
ing that  the  other  two  were  similarly  affected.  When, 
therefore,  the  tobacconist  asked  "  de-dede-de-dede- 
quel  quel  qua-qua-qu  qua  qualite  vou-vou-voulez  vous 
les-les  cigarres,"  and  all  three  began  horribly  to  stutter; 
he  flew  into  a  violent  rage,  thinking  that  they  merely 
came  to  have  a  lark.  He,  therefore,  seized  a  stick  to 
belabour  them,  whilst  he  swore  at,  and  threatened  them 
in  the  most  energetic  terms,  without  the  least  impedi- 
ment in  his  speech.  Fortunately  the  arrival  of  Mr. 
Colombat  put  an  end  to  the  scene,  by  informing  the 
enraged  tobacconist  of  the  real  facts  of  the  case. 

The  Courrier  de  Lyon  (Feb.,  I860,)  relates  the  fol- 
lowing sad  result  of  a  practical  joke  :— *'  An  apprentice 


46  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTEUING. 

of  that  city,  who  had  been  out  catching-  frogs  last 
week,  brought  several  home  alive,  and  to  play  his 
brother  a  trick,  put  three  of  them  in  his  bed.  In 
the  middle  of  the  night  the  frogs,  finding  the  bed  too 
warm,  tried  to  get  out,  and  one  of  them  happened  to 
crawl  on  the  lad's  face  and  awoke  him.  Feeling  some- 
thing cold  and  clammy  on  his  cheek,  the  lad  was  dread- 
fully frightened,  and  leaped  out  of  bed,  calling  for 
help.  When  his  parents  came  they  found  him  lying 
on  the  floor  in  strong  convulsions,  which  were,  however, 
relieved  by  proper  treatment,  and  the  boy  has  since 
resumed  his  usual  occupation,  but  has  lost  the  faculty 
of  speech." 

My  note-book  is  filled  with  such  instances.  One  of 
the  most  severe  cases  of  stuttering  I  ever  saw,  was 
caused  by  the  parent  stamping  and  calling  out  in  a 
loud  voice,  "  silence."  His  son,  aged  eight,  who  was 
running  across  the  room,  fell  on  hearing  his  father's 
voice.  When  he  got  up,  he  began  stuttering  very 
violently. 

A  pupil,  who  has  recently  left  me  quite  cured,  stated 
that  his  infirmity  was  caused  by  the  fright  of  being 
run  after  by  an  Irish  tramp. 

Esquirol,  in  his  Ireatise  on  the  great  influence  of 
violent  impressions  on  the  organs  of  speech,  relates 


EXTERNAL    INFLUENCES    OF    ARTICULATION.       47 

that  a  person  who  by  accident  had  lost  his  power  of 
speech,  suffered  for  years  patiently  the  scoldings  of  his 
wife.  One  day,  being  more  than  usually  ill-treated, 
he  became  so  much  enraged,  that  his  tongue,  hitherto 
paralysed,  recovered  suddenly  its  mobility,  so  that 
henceforth  he  repaid  his  Xanthippe  with  compound 
interest. 

There  appeared  lately,  in  the  Cologne  Gazette,  an 
extract  from  the  Magdeburg  Journal,  to  the  following 
effect : — A  shoemaker  in  Domschutz,  near  Torgau, 
named  Griihl,  had^  a  son  nineteen  years  of  age,  who 
had  lost  his  voice  when  he  was  ten  years  old.  In  the 
night  before  last  Christinas  the  young  man  had  a  vision, 
which  commanded  him  to  join  in  the  responses  on 
Christmas  day.  From  fear  the  young  man  had  hid 
himself  under  his  bed  covering,  and  fell  into  a  profuse 
perspiration.     The  next  day  he  was  completely  cured. 

A  woman  in  the  south  of  France,  who  had  lost  her 
speech  from  sleeping  with  her  head  uncovered  in  the 
sun,  recovered  it  suddenly  two  years,  afterwards  when 
her  house  was  on  fire. 

Herodotus  gives  the  following  account  of  the  son 
of  Croesus :  — 

"  Croesus  had  a  son,  who  was  a  fine  j^outh,  but 
dumb.     Everything   had   been    done  for  him  by    his 


48  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

father.  He  also  sent  to  Delphi  to  consult  the  oracle, 
and  Pythia  answered  as  follows  : — '  Lydian,  though 
thou  art  a  powerful  prince,  yet  of  a  foolish  heart. 
Expect  not  to  hear  in  thy  palace  the  desired  voice  of 
thy  son,  that  will  be  of  no  use.  Know  he  will  first 
speak  on  the  most  unfortunate  day.' 

*  When  now  the  city  (Sardis)  was  conquered,  one 
of  the  Persians  approached  Croesus  to  slay  him,  for  he 
knew  him  not.  And  when  Croesus  perceived  it,  he 
was  careless  about  being  struck  down,  having  been  so 
unfortunate.  But  when  his  young  son  saw  the  inten- 
tion of  the  Persian  to  kill  his  father,  fear  and  anxiety 
released  his  voice,  and  he  spoke  :  '  Man,  kill  not 
Croesus  ! '  This  was  the  first  word  which  he  spoke 
and  he  continued  to  speak  all  his  life." 

Dr.  Todd  terms  such  a  loss  of  speech,  met  with 
in  patients  subjected  to  some  powerful  emotion, 
"  emotional  paralysis."  It  occurs,  he  says,  in  men  of 
hypochondriacal  habits,  and  in  women  too.  The  power 
of  speech  returning  usually  in  a  few  days,  and  rapidly, 
after  the  patient  has  gained  the  ability  of  pronouncing 
"  Yes  "  or  "  No." 

Influence  of  Imitation. — The  tendency  to  imitate  the 
actions  of  others  is  so  intimately  connected  with  the 
nature  of  man,  that  Aristotle  has,  by  way  of  distinc- 


EXTERNAL    INFLUENCES    ON    ARTICULATION.       49 

tion,  called  him  an  imitating  animal.  I  do  not  speak 
here  of  voluntary  and  deliberate  imitation,  but  of  that 
almost  irresistible  propensity  to  catch  and  to  repeat 
the  expressions  and  actions  of  other  human  beings 
with  whom  we  come  in  contact.  This  tendency  ex- 
hibits itself  in  its  greatest  intensity  in  childhood  and 
early  youth.  Long  before  children  can  appreciate  our 
motives,  they  imitate  our  actions.  The  faculty  is 
instinctive,  both  in  man  and  many  animals,  and  differs 
from  the  power  cf  voluntary  imitation,  possessed  by 
man  in  the  highest  degree,  that  it  is  a  deliberate  act, 
determined  by  various  motives. 

The  most  familiar  illustration  of  involuntary  imita- 
tion is  the  irresistible  inclination  to  imitate  the  act  of 
yawning,  which  is  so  little  under  the  influence  of  the 
will,  that  the  more  we  resist  the  execution  cf  the 
movement,  the  greater  is  the  desire  to  effect  it.  The 
history  of  epidemics,  religious  revivals,  kc,  and  the 
medical  records,  afford  the  most  conclusive  proofs  of 
the  infectious  nature  of  emotions,  and"  their  physical 
manifestations,  convulsions,  fits,  &c. 

The  imitative  propensity  exhibits  itself  in  earliest 
childhood,  and  nothing  is  more  common  than  to  see 
infants  assume  the  gestures  and  habits  of  those   by 

D 


50  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

whom  they  are  constantly  surrounded.     This  suscepti- 
bility may,  it  is  true,  differ  in  various  subjects  in  degree, 
but  not  in  kind.      There  are,  in  fact,  but  few  irregular 
actions,  manifested  externally,  which  are  not  instinc- 
tively imitated  by  children.      It  is,  therefore,  beyond 
question  that,  like  squinting,  winking  with  the  eyes, 
and  many  other  habits,  both  stammering  and  stuttering 
arise,  in  most  cases,  from   unconscious,  or  may  be, 
voluntary  imitation.     Seeing,  then,  that  the  habit  is 
80  easily  contracted,  we  are  scarcely  justified  in  con- 
sidering it  as  an  hereditary  affection,  even  in  such  cases 
where  one  of  the  parents  stammers.     In  by  far  the 
greater  number  of  cases  which  came  under  my  obser- 
vation, I  found  that  the  evil  was  neither  hereditary  nor 
congenital,  but  could  be  traced  to  the  prodigious  in- 
fluence of  voluntary  or  involuntary  imitation,      One 
stammerer  or  stutterer  in  a  family  is  quite  sufficient  to 
inoculate  the  rest ;  and  so  rapid  is  the  contagion  to  a 
susceptible  child,  that  I  have  had  pupils  who  have  con- 
tracted the  habit  by  a  single  interview  with  a  stutterer. 
I  must  here  strongly   warn  all  young  persons  against 
stammering  either  in  mimicry,  or  for  the  baser  purpose 
of  deceiving  their  teachers,  in  order  to  avoid  some  task, 
as  I  have  hud  pupils  who  have  confessed  their  serious 


EXTERNAL    INFLUENCES    ON    ARTICULATION.       51 

impediment  to  be  the  result  of  one  of  these  practices.* 
I  am  in  a  condition  to  adduce  numerous  instances  of 
this  kind  from  my  own  experience,  but  I  shall  only 
add  two  illustrations,  so  graphically  described  by  an 
eminent  authority  on  this  as  on  other  subjects.  "  I  knew 
of  a  young  man,  who  used  for  his  little  brothers  and 
sisters*  amusement,  to  act  some  stammering  relation. 
One  day  he  found  that  his  acting  had  become  grim 
earnest.  He  had  set  up  a  bad  habit,  and  he  was  en- 
slaved by  it.  He  was  utterly  terrified ;  he  looked  on 
his  sudden  stammers  (by  a  not  absurd  moral  sequence) 
as  a  judgment  from  God  for  mocking  an  afflicted  per- 
son ;  and  suffered  great  misery  of  mind,  till  he  was 
cured  by  a  friend  of  mine,  to  whom  I  shall  have  occa- 
sion to  refer  hereafter."! 

*  A  much,  respected  clergyman,  of  the  Church  of  Scotland, 
who  lately  consulted  me,  writes  to  the  following  effect :  "  I 
was  entirely  free  of  it  till  I  was  five  years  of  age,  when  at  that 
time  of  life  there  was  a  gentleman  who  was  m  the  habit  of 
occasionally  fre(|uenting  my  father's  house,  who  indeed  stam- 
mered very  badly,  and  I  distinctly  remember  one  afternoon 
trying  to  imitate  him,  when  unfortunately  he  heard  me,  and 
was  very  indignant,  and  so  ashamed  were  my  parents  at  my 
conduct,  that  after  he  had  gone,  I  was  taken  to  task  and 
punished  severely  for  it,  and  ever  since  that  night  I  have  'been, 
affiicted  with  this  most  distressing  malady ." 

t  The  Irrationah  of  Speech.  By  a  Minute  Philosopher.— 
Fraser's  Magazine,  July,  1859, 


52  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

"  One  of  the  most  frightful  stammers  I  ever  knew 
began  at  seven  years  old,  and  could  only  be  traced  to 
the  child's  having  watched  the  contortions  of  a  stam- 
mering lawyer  in  a  Court  of  Justice.  But  the  child 
had  a  brain  at  once  excited  and  weakened  by  a  brain 
fever,  and  was  of  a  painfully  nervous  temperament." 

Remarks  on  Certain  Received  Opinions  in  Relation  to 
Stammerijig  and  Stuttering. 

1. — Persom  do  not  stutter  in  singing, — It  is  undeniable 
that  stuttering  obtains  much  less  in  singing.  The  simple 
reason  is,  that  in  singing  the  breath  is  more  regulated, 
the  glottis  is  open,  and  the  action  of  the  vocal  appa- 
ratus is  not  so  much  interrupted  as  in  common  speech, 
which  requires  a  constant  change  in  the  position  of  the 
articulative  organs.  For  a  similar  reason,  though  in  a 
less  degree,  stuttering  is  not  so  appreciable  in  recita- 
tive as  in  declamation.  Something  analogous  takes 
place  in  intoxication ;  an  inebriated  man  is  sometimes 
able  to  run,  but  finds  it  a  rather  diiScult  matter  to  stand 
at  ease  or  walk  steadily.  The  same  singular  phenomena 
occur  now  and  then  in  rheumatic  and  nervous  affec- 
tions. Gaubins  cites  the  case  of  a  man  who  could  run, 
but  not  walk  steadily  ;  and  Astrie  had  a  lady  under  his 
care  who  walked  lame,  but  danced  dogantly. 


KXTERNAL    INFLUENCES    ON    ARTICULATION.       53 

It  is,  however,  not  true  that  the  above  rule  applies 
generally.  I  have  had  under  my  care  subjects  who 
also  stutter  in  singing,  which  certainly  renders  the 
case  more  complicated. 

2. —  There  is  no  Stuttering  in  Whispering. — The  reason 
why  generally  there  is  no  stuttering  in  whispering  is, 
that  in  that  mode  of  utterance  there  is  no  necessity  of  a 
synchronous  action  between  the  muscles  of  the  larynx 
and  the  oral  canal,  the  breath  being  articulated  without 
the  participation  of  the  vocal  ligaments ;  but  if  the  fault 
lies,  as  in  a  few  cases  it  does,  in  the  action  of  the  articu- 
lating organs,  there  will  be,  and  there  is,  stuttering  in 
whispering,  as  I  have  frequently  had  occasion  to  con- 
vince myself. 

3. —  When  alone  persons  do  not  stutter  nearly  as  much 
as  when  in  Co?npang. ^Timidity,  and  the  fear  of  stutter- 
ing, no  doubt,  in  many  instances  increases  the  infirmity ; 
hence,  generally  speaking,  patients  are  more  free  in 
their  elocution  when  reading  by  themselves  ;  but  such 
is  not  invariably  the  case.  A  young  lady,  at  present 
(July,  1860)  one  of  my  pupils,  is  far  more  affected  with 
the  infirmity  when  alone  than  before  company.  The 
fear  of  rendering  herself  ridiculous  acts,  in  her  case,  as  a 
stimulant,  strengthening  the  psychical  element — the 
firm  will  to  overcome  the  difficulty,  and  actually  giving 


54  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

her,  for  the  time,  more  control  over  the  disobedient 
organs. 

4. — Stutterers  cannot  stutter  voluntarily  when  told  to 
do  so. — I  considered  this  alleged  fact,  mentioned  by  Dr. 
Warren,  too  curious  to  neglect  verifying  it.  I  am 
bound  to  say  that  in  all  cases  I  have  yet  tried  there  was 
not  one  in  which  the  infirmity  disappeared.  The  volun- 
tary effort  made  by  the  patient  simply  effected,  in  most 
instances,  an  articulation  different  from  his  normal 
utterance,  but  no  removal  of  the  defect,  which  indeed 
generally  only  exists  when  the  persons  are  trying  to  speak 
in  their  natural  voice.  Nearly  all  stutterers  have  no 
difficulty  when  they  imitate  any  peculiar  articulation ; 
but  this  voluntary  effort  cannot  be  kept  up,  and  it  fre- 
quently happens  that  nervous  stutterers  are  too  timid  to 
try  such  an  expedient. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

HISTORICAL   REVIEW    OF   THE   CHIEf 
THEORIES  AND  MODES  OF  TREATMENT, 

Arranged  in  Chronological  Order, 

The  literature  of  defective  articulation  may  conve- 
niently be  divided  into  two  periods,  viz. : — From  the 
earliest  records  to  Mercurialis  (1584),  and  from  Mer- 
curialis  to  the  present  time. 

First  Period, 

The  earliest  mention  of  defective  utterance  we  find 
in  the  Scriptures. 

*'  I  am  slow  of  speech  and  of  a  slow  tongue."  He- 
brew.— Kebad  peh  kehad  loshun  anochi,  Greek, 
Sept. — Ischnophonos  kai  bradyglossos  ego  eimi.  Latin, 
VuLG. — Impeditioris  et  tardioris  linguae  sum.  ExOD. 
Chap.  iv.  10. 

"  And  the  tongue  of  stammerers  shall  speak  readily 
and  plain."     Hebrew. — Loshun  elgim.   Greek  Sept. 


56  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

Kai  ai  glossai  ai   psellizousai.      Latin/  Vulg. — Ei 
lingua  balhorum.'*     Isaiah,  Chap,  xxxii.  4. 

*'  And  the  string  of  his  tongue  was  loosed,  and  he 
spake  plain."     St.  Mark,  Chap  vii.  o5. 

Among  the  Pagan  writers  who  allude  to  defects  of 
the  articulation  may  be  mentioned  Herodotus,  Aris- 
totle, Hippocrates,  Plutarch,  Galen,  Celsus,  &c. 

The  information  we  derive  from  the  writings  of  the 
Greeks  and  Romans  in  relation  to  the  physiology  and 
pathology  of  dyslalia  is  very  scanty,  which  is  the  more 
remarkable,  as  oratory  then  paved  the  way  to  the 
highest  offices  of  the  state. 

The  following  extracts  from  the  works  of  the  ancients, 
arranged  nearly  in  chronological  order,  contain  some 
of  the  principal  passages  referring  to  the  subject  of 
disorders  of  the  voice  and  speech.  I  have  considered 
it  advisable  to  place  the  Greek  and  L?itin  terms  in 
juxtaposition,  in  order  better  to  exhibit  the  meaning 
which  the  respective  authors  and  translators,  apparently 
attached  to  the  expressions  used.  I  may  also  here 
observe  that  in  presenting  the  reader  with  a  panoramic 
view  of  the  principal  theories  and  remedies  proposed,  I 
first  intended  to  offer  my  comments  on  them  separately 
in  a  collected  form.   On  further  consideration,  it  seemed 


THEORIES    A2«:D    MODES    OF    TREATMENT.  57 

to  me  preferable  to  append  my  remarks  to  the  respec- 
tive views  of  the  various  authors  quoted. 

The  term  battarismos  is,  according  to  some,  derived 
from  Battos.  Herodotus  (484  e.g.)  says  that  the  The- 
rean  Battos,  w^ho  had  been  a  stutterer  and  a  stammerer 
{ischnophonos  kai  traulos)  from  his  youth,  consulted  the 
oracle  at  Delphi.     The  oracle  said : 

"  Battos,  thou  comest  on  account  of  thy  speech,  but 
King  Phcebus  Apollo  sends  thee  to  Libya,  in  the  land 
of  sheep  to  dwell." 

After  having  founded  the  colony  Cyrene,  he  was, 
according  to  Pausauias  (l.  10)  cured  by  the  unexpected 
sight  of  a  lion.  Herodotus  also  observes  that  Battos 
meant,  in  the  African  language,  a  king. 

Aristotle  (384  e.g.)  says,  "The  tongue  is  either 
broad  or  narrow,  or  of  a  medium  shape,  which  latter  is 
the  best  for  distinctness ;  or  it  is  free  or  tied,  as  in  those 
that  stammer  and  stutter.  Gr. —  Tois  psellois  kai  iois 
traulois.  Lat. — Qualis  hlaesoi^um  et  bulborum.  Hint.  An. 
Lib.  1,  Cap.  ii. 

"  An  equable  and  broad  tongue  is  also  convenient  for 
the  formation  of  letters,  and  the  purpose  of  speech ;  for, 
being  such  and  free,  it  is  eminently  capable  of  being 
dilated  and  contracted  in  a  variety  of  manners.  This 
is  evident  in  all  such  persons  in  which  the  tongue  is 


68  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

not  sufficiently  free,  for  they  stammer  and  stutter. 
Gr.  Psellinzontai  gar  kai  traulizousi.  Lat.  hlaesi 
enim  et  halhi  sunt* 

Problems, — Section  XI. — 'Stammering  (Gr.  traulotes 
Lat.  Blaesitas)  therefore,  is  the  inability  of  articulating 
a  certain  letter  ;  quam  libet ;  but  stuttering  {psellotes) 
is  the  omission  of  some  letter  or  syllable  ;  and  hesita- 
tion (Jschnophonia)  is  the  inability  of  joining  one  syl- 
lable with  another.  All  this  arises  from  debility,  for 
the  tongue  is  not  obedient  to  the  will.  Intoxicated 
persons,  and  old  men,  are  similarly  affected,  but  in  a 
lesser  degree.  (Problem  30)." 

Problem  38. — "Why  are  those  who  hesitate  in  speak- 
ing melancholy?  (ischnophonoi,  ILdX.  quilinguahaesitani). 
Is  it  because  thatto  follow  the  imagination  rapidly  is  to 
be  melancholy?  Such,  however,  is  the  case  with  those 
that  hesitate  in  speech,  for  in  them  the  impulse  to 
speak  precedes  the  power,  in  consequence  of  the  mind 
rapidly  following  that  which  is  presented  to  it.  This  is 
also  the  case  with  those  that  stammer,  for  in  these  the 
tongue  is  too  slow  to  keep  pace  with  the  imagination.'* 

Hippocrates  (370  e.g.!  Praecepta  6  ;  Aphor.  6,  32  ; 
Epid.  2,5;  De  Judicat  6. 

"  Persons  who  have  impediments  in  their  speech 
*  De  Part.     An.     Lib.  2,  Cap.  xvii. 


THEOBIES    AND    MODES    OF    TREATMENT.  59 

(Gr. — ischnophoninen.  Lat. — ex  linguae  haesitantes) 
are  freed  by  varices  ;  the  impediment  remains  if  no 
varices  appear. 

"Those  who  are  tall,  bald,  stammer  {trauloi)  and 
hesitate  in  their  speech  {ischnophonoi),^  are  usually 
good.  A  stammerer,  [traulos)  bald,  and  hesitating  in 
his  speech,  {ischfiopkonos)  who  has  a  hairy  body,  is 
subject  to  atrabilious  diseases,  as  also  those  who  repeat 
certain  syllables,  striking  various  times  with  their 
tongue,  are  not  masters  of  their  lips.  Some  suppuration 
must  be  effected  if  they  are  to  acquire  freedom  of 
speech." 

Chap.  vi. — "  Those  who  have  a  large  head,  small  eyes, 
are,  if  they  stammer,  subject  to  auger." 

"  Stammerers  (oitroiloi),  and  clutterers  {tachyylossoi ; 
linguae  voluhilitate),  are  much  subject  to  bile. 

"  Who  has  a  small  head  will  neither  be  bald  nor 
stammer,  unless  he  has  blue  eyes." 

Hippocrates  also  observes  that  the  infirmity  is  partly 
owing  to  an  affection  of  the  ears,  and  partly  that  the 
speaker  before  delivering  his  words  passes  to  other 
thoughts  and  expressions.] 

Epid.  Sect.  3.  further. — In  gouty  persons,  tumours 

*  Some  translate  linguae  haesitantei,  others  gracili  voce,  (a 
thin  falsetto  voice) 


60  STAMMERING    jLXD    STUTTERING. 

are  observed  under  the  tongue  containing  calculi,  inters 
fering  with  articulation." 

As  the  prince  of  orators  is  constantly  alluded  to  in 
relation  to  impediments  of  speech^  it  may  not  be  out  of 
place  to  give  here  the  entire  passage  of  Plutarch  (a.d. 
66),  as  referring  to  his  infirmity. 

"  Demosthenes,  in  his  first  address  to  the  people, 
was  laughed  at  and  interrupted  by  their  clamour;  for  the 
violence  of  his  manner  threw  him  into  a  confusion  of 
periods  and  a  distortion  of  his  arguments.  He  had, 
besides,  a  weakness  and  a  stammering  in  his  voice,* 
which  caused  such  a  distraction  in  his  discourse  that  it 
was  difficult  for  the  audience  to  understand  him.  At 
last,  on  his  quitting  the  assembly,  Eunomos  the  Tria- 
sian,  a  man  now  extremely  old,  found  him  wandering 
in  a  dejected  condition  in  the  Piraeus,  and  took  on  to 
him  to  set  him  right.  "  You,"  said  he,  "  have  a  man- 
ner of  speaking  much  like  Pericles,  and  yet  you  lose 
yourself  out  of  mere  timidity  and  cowardice.  You 
neither  bear  up  against  the  tumult  of  a  popular  audi- 
ence, nor  prepare  your  body  by  exercise  for  the  labour 
of  the  rostrum." 

*Gr.— Kai  phor.es  astheneia,  kai  glottes  asapheia,  pneumatos 
kolobotes.  Lat. — Laboravit  veto  etiam  vocis  exilitate,  lingua 
inexplanata,  spiritus  augustia.     Plut.  Vit.  parall. 


THEORIES    AND    MODES    OF    TREATMENT.  61 

Another  time,  we  are  told,  when  his  speeches  had 
been  ill-received,  he  went  home  with  his  head  covered, 
and  in  the  greatest  distress.  Satyrus,  the  actor,  who 
was  an  acquaintance,  followed  him.  Demosthenes  la- 
mented that  though  he  was  the  most  painstaking  of  all 
the  orators,  yet  could  he  find  no  fixvour  with  the  people. 
"  You  speak  truly,"  replied  Satyrus,  "  but  I  will  soon 
provide  a  remedy,  if  you  will  recite  to  me  some  speech 
in  Euripides  or  Sophocles.  When  Demosthenes  had 
finished,  Satyrus  repeated  the  same  speech,  with  such 
propriety  of  action,  and  so  much  in  character,  that  it 
seemed  quite  a  dificrent  passage.  Demosthenes  now 
understood,  how  much  grace  and  dignity  of  action  adds 
to  the  best  oration,  that  he  thought  it  of  small  matter 
to  compose  and  premeditate,  if  the  pronunciation  and 
propriety  of  gesture  were  not  attended  to.  On  this 
he  built  himself  a  subterraneous  study,  which  re- 
mained in  our  times.  Thither  he  repaired  every  day 
to  form  his  action  and  exercise  his  voice;  and  he 
would  stay  there  for  two  or  three  months  together, 
shaving  one  side  of  his  head,  that  the  shame  of  appear- 
ing in  that  condition  should  keep  him  in.  Demetrius, 
the  Phaleiian  gives  an  accoimt  of  the  remedies  he 
applied  to  his  personal  defects,  and  he  says  he  had  it 
from  Demosthenes  in  his  old  age.     The  hesitation  and 


62  »rAMMER[Na    AKD    STUTTERING. 

stammering  he  corrected  by  practising  to  speak  with 
pebbles  in  his  mouth,  and  he  strengthened  his  voice 
by  running  or  walking  up  hill,  and  pronouncing  some 
passage  in  an  oration  or  poem  during  the  difficulty  of 
breath  which  that  caused.  He  had,  moreover,  a  look- 
ing-glass in  his  room,  before  which  he  declaimed  to 
adjust  his  motions. 

Celsus*  says,  "  When  the  tongue  is  paralysed,  either 
from  a  vice  of  the  organ,  or  the  consequence  of  another 
disease,  and  when  the  patient  cannot  articulate,  gargles 
should  be  administered,  of  a  decoction  of  thyme, 
hysop,  or  pennyroyal ;  he  should  drink  water,  and  the 
head,  the  neck,  mouth,  and  the  parts  below  the  chin 
be  well  rubbed.  The  tongue  should  be  rubbed  with 
lazerwort,  and  he  should  chew  pungent  substances, 
such  as  mustard,  garlick,  onions,  and  make  every  effort 
to  articulate.  He  must  exercise  himself  to  retain  his 
breath,  wash  the  head  with  cold  water,  eat  horse- 
radish, and  then  vomit." 

Galenits  (died  about  200  a.d. — De  locis  affectis^  6), 
appears  to  refer  stammering  to  an  intemperies  humida. 
Intoxicated  persons  stammer,  as  the  brain  is  too  much 
moistened,  and  consequently  the  instruments  which 
move  the  tongue,  and  the   tongue  itself.     And  again, 

*   Cchus  dc  ResohUione  Linguae. 


THEORIES    AND    MODES    OF    TREATMENT.  63 

that  ischnophonia^  or  stuttering,  is  owing  to  the  debility 
of  the  muscles  of  the  tongue  from  the  diminution  of 
heat. 

It  would  thus  appear  that  translators  and  commen- 
tators have  been  much  perplexed  as  to  the  proper 
meaning  of  ischnophonia,  psellismos,  battarismos, 
traulismos,  &c.  According  to  the  etymology  of  the 
term  ischnophonia,  {ischnos,  weak,  thin,  and  phone 
voice,)  is  merely  a  defect  of  the  voice  and  not  of 
articulation.  Yet  Aristotle  expressly  says  that  isch- 
nophonia  consists  in  the  disability  of  properly  joining 
syllables  and  words,  i.  e. ,  stuttering.  Again,  Alci- 
biades  is  by  Plutarch  called  traulotes,  translated  a 
lisper,  but  there  is  no  evidence  that  he  actually 
lisped;  he  had  a  defect  in  the  enunciation  of  r. 
The  word  halbus  of  the  Romans  seems  chiefly  to 
have  been  applied  to  this  defect,  hence  the  surnames 
BalbuSy  Balbinus,  Balbilius,  Sec,  as  some  of  the 
members  of  the  family  Sempronius,  were  named. 
Traulismos  seems,  therefore,  to  mean  what  is  now- 
understood  by  rhotacism.  Psellismos  appears  to  have 
conveyed  the  meaning  of  lisping.  "Psellos,"  says  Hesy- 
chius,  {factum  a  sono — an  onomatopoeia,)  '*  is  a  person 
who  cannot  properly  pronounce  s — a  lisper."  The 
Koinans  frequently  called  a  lisper    blacsus ;    blacsilas 


64  STAilMEKING    AND    STUTTERING. 

would,  therefore,  properly  mean  lisping.  Then,  again, 
there  are  atijpi,  derived  either  from  typoo,  I  express, 
and  the  priv-  a  ;  or  from  fypto,  I  strike  ;  such  persons 
cannot  use  the  instrument  of  the  tongue  with  sufficient 
expedition  ;  and  ancyglossi  —  tongue-tied,  are  those 
whose  tongue  is  attached  naturally  by  the  fraenum,  or 
accidentally  from  indurated  cicatrices,  the  result  of 
ulcers. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

HISTORICAL   EEVIEW,    WG.-iSecond  Period.) 
Fro7n  Mercurialis  to   the  2)rese7it  time. 

The  literature  of  Psellisin  may,  strictly  speaking,  be 
said  to  date  from  the  time  of  Mercurialis,  who  treats 
of  defective  utterance  at  considerable  length  in  the 
second  book  of  his  work,  De  puerorum  morbis.  Ed. 
J.  Groscesii,  Francofurti,  1584.*  According  to  the 
notions  prevalent  at  his  time,  Mercurialis  considers  a 
moist  and  cold  intemperament  as  the  chief  cause  of 
balbuties,  comprehending  both  stammering  and  stutter- 
ing. He,  therefore,  forbids  washing  the  head  of  stam- 
mering children,  as  that  increases  the  moisture,  In 
order  to  desiccate  the  head,  he  advises  cauteries  and 
blisters  on  tl^e  neck  and  behind  the  ears,  which  should 
be  kept  open  for   a  considerable  time.      To  dry  the 

*  Hieronynus  Mercurialis,  born  at  Forli,  1530,  and  subse- 
quently professor  at  Padua,  Bologna,  and  Pisa,  was  tlie 
greatest  physician  of  his  time,  and  equally  distinguished  as  a 
philosopher  and  antiquary.  Emperor  Maximilian  II,  whom 
he  cured  of  a  fever,  created  him  a  count,  and  the  Paduaus 
erected  a  monument  to  his  memory, 

E 


66  STAMMEEING    AND    STUTTERIIN"  G. 

tongue,  be  recommends  that  it  should  be  frequently 
rubbed  with  salt,  honey,  and  specially  with  sage,  which 
had  proved  singularly  effective  in  curing  the  infirmity. 
The  diet  should  be  salty,  spicy,  and  heating ;  no  fish,  no 
pastry,  is  to  be  allowed.  Our  author  is,  however,  some- 
what puzzled  by  finding  that  Hippocrates  attributes 
stammering  also  to  the  dryness  of  the  tongue.  To  recon- 
cile this  opinion  with  his  own,  Mercurialis  is  obliged  to 
assume  two  species  of  balbuties — a  natural  and  an  acci- 
dental. The  natural  is  produced  by  humidity,  the  un- 
natural or  accidental  by  dryness,  and  it  is  of  this  species 
that  Hippocrates  has  spoken.  Now  when  balbuties  pro- 
ceeds from  dryness,  as  after  fevers  or  inflammation  of  the 
brain,  we  should  direct  our  attention  to  the  moistening 
of  the  tongue  and  the  top  of  the  spinal  cord.  Gargles 
with  woman's  milk  are  advisable ;  the  tongue  must  be 
frequently  moistened  with  a  decoction  of  marsh-mallow, 
to  which  sweet  oil  of  almonds  may  be  added,  or  some 
nymphese  leaves,  by  which  the  effect  will  be  greater. 
The  spinal  cord,  especially  the  cervical  region,  should 
be  acted  on  by  convenient  liniments,  apt  to  soften  these 
parts.  Besides,  the  intemperies  humida  et  frigida^  im- 
pediments in  speech  are  also  produced  by  emotions, 
deep  cogitations,  prolonged  watchfulness,  sexual  ex- 
cesses, habitual  intoxication,  which  by  injuring  the 
brain  and  the  nerves,  produce  halhuiies^. 


SECOND    PERIOD.  67 

But,  though  a  physician,  Mercurialis  does  not  seem 
to  rely  on  his  drugs  and  diet,  for  he  expressly  says  : 
the  body  and  the  voice  must  be  exercised  as  much  as 
possible,  and  if  there  be  anything  which  may  benefit 
stammerers  and  stutterers,  it  is  continued  loud  and 
distinct  speaking.  He  supports  this  opinion  by  the 
example  of  Demosthenes.* 

'J  he  following  extract  derives  its  chief  interest  from 
the  celebrity  of  the  author,  of  whom  it  can  be  truly 
said,  nil  erat  quod  non  tetigit'. — 

'*  Experiment,  solitary,  touching  Stutting,  {Sylva 
Sylvarum,  or  Natural  History.  First  published  1627,) 
Cent.  iv.  Sec.  386.     By  Lord  Bacon. 

"  Divers,  we  see  do  stut.  The  cause  may  be,  in 
most  the  refrigeration  of  the  tongue  ;  whereby  it  is  less 
apt  to  move.  And,  therefore,  we  see  that  naturals  do 
generally  stut :  and  we  see  that  in  those  that  stut,  if 
they  drink  wine  moderately,  they  stut  less,  because  it 
heateth  ;  and  so  we  see,  that  they  stut  more  in  the  first 

*  Exercendum  est  corpus  quantum  fieri  potest,  praesertun 
vero  exercenda  est  vox ;  et  si  quid  est,  quod  possit  prodesse 
balbis  et  haesitantibus  est  continua  locutio  alta  et  clara. 
Demosthenes  superavit  balbutiem  sola  vocis  exercitatione  et 
eontentione,  nam  dedid  decern  millia  drachmorum  Neoptol^mo 
Histrioni,  qui  ilium  docuit  versus  plures  uno  spiritu  proferre 
scilicit  ut  injectis  in  os  calcuiis  ascendens  et  currens  versus 
continue  profeiret. 


68  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

offer  to  speak  than  in  continuance  ;  because  the  tongue 
is  by  motion  somewhat  heated.  In  some,  also,  it  may- 
be, though  rarely,  the  dryness  of  the  tongue,  which 
likewise  maketh  it  less  apt  to  move  as  well  as  cold  ; 
for  it  is  an  affect  that  cometh  to  some  wise  and  great 
men ;  as  it  did  unto  Moses,  who  was  linguae  praepe- 
ditae,  and  many  stutters,  w^e  find,  are  very  choleric  men  ; 
choler  inducing  dryness  in  the  tongue." 

Johann  Conrad  Amman  5  of  Haarlem,  to  whose  works*' 
most  subsequent  writers  are  much  indebted  with  re- 
gard to  a  correct  theory  of  the  formation  of  voice  and 
articulate  sounds,  did  not  confine  his  practice  solely  to 
the  education  of  deaf-mutes,  but  extended  it  to  remedy 
all  kinds  of  defective  utterance.  Vicious  articulation, 
he  conceived,  was  in  some  cases  owing  to  organic 
defect  in  some  portion  of  the  vocal  and  articulating 
apparatus,  or  to  debility.  The  tongue,  for  instance,  is 
sometimes  so  large  that  it  fills  nearly  the  whole  buccal 
cavity,  and  materially  interferes  with  the  enunciation 
of  many  sounds.  "  I  had,"  he  says,  "  a  Danish  gentle- 
man under  my  care,  who,  on  account  of  the  size  of  his 
tongue,  articulated  badly,  and  could  by  no  effort  of  his 
own  pronounce  ^a,  but  always  said  ta.    Whilst  placing 

*  Surdus  loqiiens,  ^'c.  Anist,  1692.  Dissertatio  de  loquela, 
^•c.     Amst.  1700. 


SECOND  PERIOD.  69 

my  two  fingers  firmly  on  this  organ,  I  desired  him  to 
enunciate  ka.  I  well  perceived  that  he  tried  to  say  /a, 
but  as  he  could  not  approach  the  tongue  to  the  teeth 
he  was  forced  to  enunciate  ka  to  the  admiration  of  the 
bystanders."  The  tongue  may  also  be  deficient  in 
mobility,  owing  to  its  being  fixed  by  the  fraenum,  or 
the  latter  may  be  absent,  in  which  case,  the  tongue 
lies  at  the  bottom  of  the  cavity.  The  uvula  may  be 
too  voluminous,  too  small,  or  altogether  wanting.  The 
palate,  the  lips,  the  teeth,  may  also  be  in  fault. 

Amman  distinguishes  two  species  of  stammering 
The  first  he  calls  Hottentotism,  which  consists  in  modi- 
fying the  sounds  in  such  a  manner  that  they  become 
unintelligible.  He  quotes  the  case  of  a  young  lady  of 
Haarlem,  who  could  scarcely  pronounce  any  letter  but 
t,  and  whose  utterance  was  of  course  a  ridiculous  far- 
rago of  an  interminable  repetition  of  that  sound. 
Amman  cured  this  young  lady  within  a  space  of  three 
months,  so  that  not  a  vestige  of  her  defect  remained, 
and  her  elocution  became  perfect.  The  second  kind, 
Amman  terms  Haesitantia,  consisting  in  a  laborious 
repetition  of  tbe  explosive  sounds.  During  the  eflTorts 
to  produce  them,  the  patient  is  frequently  much  agita 
ted,  the  countenance  becomes  livid,  and  the  features 
contorted.      To  remedy  this  defect,  he  advises  loud 


70  8TAMMEHING    AND     STUTTEKING. 

reading,  committing  to  memory  short  pieces,  and  to 
repeat  them  before  a  friend  slowly  and  deliberately. 
He  further  recommends  exercismj^  the  articulatini; 
organs  in  the  enunciation  of  the  explosive  sounds  in 
various  combinations,  as  in  the  syllables — tak^  teh^  tilt  ; 
pack,  peic,  pile,  pit,  hiyi,  tuyt,  &c.  These  kinds  of 
defective  utterance,  he  further  observes,  are  not  the 
result  of  organic  defects,  but  originate  in  the  contrac- 
tion of  a  vicious  habit,  which  in  time  becomes  in- 
veterate. 

Want  of  space  precludes  the  possibility  of  quoting 
from  the  works  of  any  other  author  of  this  time.  An 
enumeration  of  the  principal  treatises  on  the  subject  of 
defective  utterance  must  therefore  suffice. 

G.  Schacher.  de  Loquela.  Lipsiae,  1696  ;  Kiistner  de 
lingua  sana  et  aegra.  Altdorf,  1716;  Fick  de  halhis. 
Jenae,  1725;  Bergen  de  balbutientibus  Francf,  1756; 
Reil  de  Vocis  et  Loquelae  vitiis,  8fc. 

Sauvags  [Nosologia  llethodica,  Amst.  1768,)  places 
stammering  among  dgscinesiae,  {dys,  difficult, — kineOy 
I  move,)  diseases  of  which  the  chief  symptom  consists 
in  debility.  CuUen,  {synop.  nos.  med.)  and  many  sub- 
sequent authors  have  adopted  the  same  opinion. 

Joseph,  Frank*   distinguishes  c^yspAowme- affections 

*  Prazeos  Medicae  TJniversae  Praecepta.  Chap.  ii.  '*  De 
vitiis  vocis  et  loquelae." 


SECOND    TERIOD.  71 

of  the  voice,  which  may  be  symptomatic  or  primary, 
traumatic,  catarrhal,  &c.,  and  dT/slaUae-defeGts  of  the 
articulation.  As  regards  the  causes  of  stuttering,  he 
enumerates,  (following  Mercurialis,)  bad  education, 
depraved  habit,  cerebral  affections,  sexual  excesses,  &c 
In  respect  to  the  prognosis,  he  observes,  that  stuttering 
seems  to  diminish,  and  frequently  ceases  with  advanc- 
ing age,  but  when  inveterate  it  is  an  incurable  evil. 
Dr.  Frank  seems  in  favour  of  a  severe  discipline  in  the 
treatment  of  stuttering,  for  he  strongly  recommends 
a  good  flogging, — a  mode  of  cure  with  which,  for 
reasons  stated  in  the  sequel,  I  certainly  cannot  agree. 

The  'nodern  literature  of  Psellism  may  be  said  to 
have  commenced  with  Itard,*  who  seems  in  many  res- 
pects to  have  entertained  correct  notions  on  the  sub- 
ject, and  to  have  anticipated  some  of  the  appliances 
adopted  by  subsequent  practitioners,  as  will  appear 
from  the  following  passages . — 

Itakd,  says : — "  Some  modern  anatomical  writers 
instead  of  throwing  a  new  light  upon  the  subject,  have 
rather  withdrawn  our  attention  from  the  real  seat  of 
the  affection,  as  they  considered  stuttering  as  the  con- 
sequence of  organic  defects.      The  phenomena  which 

*  Journal  Universel  des  Sciences  Medicals.     Paris,  1817. 


72  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

stuttering  exhibits,  make  us  suspect  a  spasmodic  or 
tremulous  action,  and  a  debility  of  the  muscles  moving 
the  tongue  and  the  larynx.  I  have  no  doubt  the 
affection  is  curable.  The  remedies  must  necessarily  be 
adapted  to  the  degree  and  duration  of  the  disorder. 
It  is  not  sufficient  to  make  the  pupil  acquainted  with 
the  mechanism  of  articulation,  and  to  repeat  frequently 
the  individual  sounds,  but  they  must  be  studied  in  all 
possible  combinations.  Some  syllables  are  more  easily 
pronounced,  when  preceded  by  one  which  places  the 
tongue  into  a  position  favourable  for  its  production  ; 
whilst  the  enunciation  of  them  will  be  more  difficult  if 
they  follow  a  syllable  not  affording  this  advantage.  A 
good  deal  also  depends  on  the  vowel  with  which  the 
consonant  is  combined,  thus  stutterers  find  less  diffi- 
culty in  articulating  co  than  ca. 

"  When  stuttering  increases  and  extends  to  a  great 
number  of  individual  sounds  and  syllables,  it  will  be 
necessary  by  mechanical  means  to  strengthen  the  organs 
of  articulation,  and  to  lessen  their  spasmodic  tendency. 
"We  must  treat  the  muscles  of  the  vocal  and  articula- 
ting organs  like  those  of  locomotion,  and  as  dancing 
and  fencing  will  render  the  latter  more  firm  and  flexi- 
ble, so  must  the  tongue  and  the  lips  be  subjected  to 
analogous  exercises.     I  avail  myself  for  this  purpose 


SECOND    PERIOD.  76 

of  a  small  apparatus,  whicli  I  place  under  the  tongue/^ 
The  iastrument  is  scarcely  introduced,  when  we  hear 
a  confused,  indistinct  voice,  but  no  stuttering.  The 
most  difficult  syllables  are  articulated  with  some  trou- 
ble, but  they  are  not  repeated.  We  must,  however, 
not  deprive  the  tongue  of  this  mechanical  support  at 
too  early  a  period,  otherwise  the  defect  will  re-appear. 
The  apparatus  should  be  used  for  a  very  considerable 
time,  and  when,  at  meals  and  during  the  night,  it  is 
removed,  the  patient  must  strictly  abstain  from  speaking. 
I  cannot  exactly  say  how  long  it  should  be  worn,  hav- 
ing only  effected  two  cures  by  its  agency.  The  first 
case  was  that  of  a  young  man,  set.,  twenty,  who  used 
the  instrument  for  about  eighteen  months.  The  per- 
severance of  the  patient  to  subject  himself  to  such  an 
inconvenience  for  so  long  a  period,  was  powerfully 
supported  by  the  hope  of  meeting,  after  the  removal 
of  his  infirmity,  with  a  more  favourable  reception  from 
a  young  lady  to  whom  he  was  greatly  attached.  The 
cure  was  complete;  but  I  have  n.ot  been  informed 
whether  he  met  in  another  quarter  with  the  success  he 
so  amply  merited.     The  second  case  was  that  of  a  boy 

*  The  mstrument  consists  of  a  gold  or  ivory  fork  placed  in 
the  concave  centre  of  a  short  stalk,  and  applied  by  its  convex 
surface  to  the  cavity  of  the  alveolar  arch  of  the  lower  jaw. 


74  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

set.,  eleven,  who  wore  the  apparatus  very  reluctantly, 
and  removed  it  whenever  he  could  do  so  unobserved. 
I  saw  him  much  improved  after  he  had  used  it  for 
eight  months,  and  I  have  reason  to  believe,  though  I 
lost  sight  of  him,  that  he  ultimately  recovered." 

Remarks. 

Itard  very  justly  denies  stuttering  as  being  the  con- 
sequence of  organic  lesions.  The  main  defect  of  his 
theory  and  practice  consists  in  having  placed  the  cause 
of  the  evil  too  exclusively  in  the  articulating  organs. 
It  is,  therefore,  not  surprising  that  even  by  his  own 
account,  he  only  succeeded  by  means  of  his  instrument 
in  effecting  two  cures  after  a  lapse  of  eighteen  months 
in  the  first,  and  of  eight  months  in  the  second  case  ; 
and  did  not  even  know  whether  the  latter  had  been 
permanent. 

Deleau*  distinguishes  three  kinds  of  stuttering  :  the 
first  is  produced  by  disordered  motions  of  the  tongue, 
which  he  calls  Ungual  or  loquax ;  the  second  includes 
those  stutterers  who  exhibit  contortions  in  the  muscles 
of  the  mouth  and  the  face,  which  he  terms  labial  or 
difforme ;    the  third,  comprising  those  stutterers  who 

*  Acad,  des  Sciences,  1828. 


SECOND    PERIOD.  75 

cannot  properly  produce  any  sound  ;  this  is  termed 
douloureux  or  muet. 

As  causes  he  assumes— 1.  A  vicious  enunciation 
contracted  in  infancy.  2.  Produced  by  an  organic 
lesion.  3.  A  weak  will  and  an  insufficient  supply  of 
nervous  influence  to  direct  the  organs.  In  some  re- 
spects his  theory  is  just  the  reverse  of  that  of  Rullier. 

M.  Serres"^  considers  stuttering  a  nervous  affection, 
presenting  two  well  marked  aspects.  The  first  resem- 
bles chorea  of  the  muscles  which  modify  the  sounds ; 
in  the  second  there  obtains  a  tetanic  rigidity  of  the 
muscles  of  phonation  and  respiration.  In  the  first,  the 
will  loses  the  power  of  influencing  the  rapid  motions 
of  tlie  lips  and  tongue ;  in  the  second  the  respiration 
is  obstructed.  To  cure  a  slight  stutter,  it  is  sufficient 
to  pronounce  briskly  every  syllable ;  for  courage  you 
must  pronounce  rapidly  cot«-ra-ge.  When  the  stutter- 
ing is  severe,  this  simple  kind  of  gymnastics  is  in 
sufficient ;  the  arms  must  join  in  the  movements.  You 
must  shake  the  stutterer  by  the  arms  at  every  syllable, 
or  he  may  do  it  himself,  and  he  will  be  surprised  at  the 
facility  which  these  motions  will  give  him. 

*  Memorial  des  Ilopitaux  du  Midi,  annei,  1829. 


76  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

Remark. 

Unfortunately,  from  the  author's  experience,  the 
remedy  proposed  has  frequently  the  opposite  effect.  It 
succeeds  at  first,  but  when  the  noYelty  is  gone,  the 
stuttering  is  generally  worse. 

Dr.  Rulliee,""  ranges  himself  among  those  authors 
who  place  the  immediate  cause  of  stuttering  in  the 
brain.  He  remarks  that  the  cerebral  irradiation  which 
follows  thought,  and  puts  the  vocal  and  articulating 
organs  in  action  gushes  forth  so  impetuously  and 
rapidly,  that  it  outruns  the  degree  of  mobility  possessed 
by  the  muscles  concerned,  which  are  thus,  as  it  were, 
left  behind. 

Hence  the  latter  are  thrown  into  that  convulsive 
and  spasmodic  state  which  characterises  stuttering. 

To  substantiate  this  defective  relation  between  the 
exuberance  of  thought,  the  celerity  of  cerebral  irradia- 
tion and  the  corresponding  organic  motions,  he  observes, 
that  the  great  majority  of  stutterers  are  distinguished  by 
the  vivacity  of  their  understanding  and  the  petulance 
of  their  character ;  but  when  advancing  age  clips  the 
wings  of  the  imagination,  and  ripens  their  judgment, 
stuttering  diminishes  as  the  action  of  their  organs  is 
now  in  equilibrium  with  cerebral  irradiation. 

*  Diet,  de  Scien.  Med.     Brux.  1828. 


SECOND    PERIOD.  77 

As  an  auxiliary  in  curing  stuttering,  RuUier  recom- 
mends the  burning  of  moxa  on  the  integuments  cover- 
ing the  larynx  and  the  hyoid  bone. 

Remarks. 

Rullier's  theory  connecting  stuttering  with  an  ex- 
uberant imagination  is  certainly  not  new,  having,  as  the 
reader  may  find  already  been  advanced  by  Aristotle. 
The  connexion  between  thought  and  speech  is  no  doubt 
an  interesting  subject  of  inquiry.  In  plain,  distinct 
speech,  good  speakers  do  not  utter  more  than  three 
syllables  in  a  second,  but  in  rapid  delivery,  as  many  as 
eight  or  nine  syllables  may  be  utttered  within  that 
time.  Yet  it  seems  certain  that  a  long  train  of  thought 
may  run  through  the  mind  during  the  time  it  takes  to 
articulate  a  single  word.  The  anxious  endeavours  to 
express  these  thoughts  may  certainly  interfere  with 
articulation  in  two  ways.  If  there  be  no  command  of 
words,  it  will  produce  hesitation,  just  as  its  opposite  a 
want  of  matter ;  but  I  doubt  much  whether  it  can  ever 
be  the  cause  of  actual  stuttering.  The  assigned  reason 
that  stuttering  diminishes  with  advancing  age  in  con- 
sequence of  the  wings  of  the  imagination  being  clipjed 
appears  to  me  very  imaginary. 


78  STAMM  EKING    AND    STUTTERING. 

Dr.  H.  M'CoEMAc  published  in  1828  a  treatise  on 
the  cure  of  stammering,  which  he  prefaces  in  these 
terms :  — 

"  That  the  following  work  will  communicate,  without 
the  possibility  of  a  failure,  to  the  reader,  whether 
medical  or  otherwise,  the  means  of  curing  habitual 
stoppage  of  speech,  may  appear  at  first  sight,  a  little 
paradoxical,  when  we  consider  that  thousands  of  years 
have  elapsed  without  any  individual  having  ever  been 
able  to  discover  and  communicate  to  the  world  any 
means  by  which  the  distressing  affliction  could  be 
alleviated.  But  any  scepticism  that  may  exist  on  the 
subject  will  quickly  vanish,  when  the  stutterer,  once 
in  possession  of  the  means,  shall  essay  them  on  himself, 
and  find  that  without  trouble  or  difiiculty,  he  may  learn 
to  speak  with  the  same  facility  as  other  men. 

"  The  peasant  and  the  artisan  will  equally  receive 
the  benefit  of  this  communication  ;  and  that  which  for 
many  centuries  wealth  could  not  purchase,  will  now 
be  placed  within  the  compass  of  even  the  most  abject 
poverty."  And  again,  "  The  means  I  have  provided 
are  so  easy  of  execution,  and  so  abundantly  efficient, 
that  were  it  not  for  the  sake  of  saving  trouble,  it  would 
be  of  little  consequence  whether  the  cliildreji  contracted 
it  or  noty 


SECOND    PEHIOD.  79 

It  appears  that,  being  in  1826,  in  the  City  of  New- 
York,  Dr.  M'Cormac  was  given  to^understand  that  a 
Mrs.  Leigh  of  that  city  was  very  successful  in  the 
removal  of  impediments  of  speech.  As  he  could  obtain 
no  information  of  the  method  employed,  he  considered 
that  what  another  had  done,  he  might  possibly  do 
likewise.  "No  medical  work,"  say  Dr.  M'Cormac, 
so  far  as  I  knew,  or  now  know,  contained  the  least 
satisfactory  information  on  the  subject,  and  all  the 
means  which  I  had  ever  heard  proposed  or  read  of,  were 
equally  ineffectual  and  useless.  This  ignorance  I  con- 
sidered, and  truly,  as  an  opprobrium  jnecltcorum, — a  dis- 
grace to  the  science  of  medicine  and  its  professors,  and 
I  earnestly  desired  to  become  the  instrument  of  re- 
moving it." 

Dr.  M'Cormac  now  employed  much  of  his  time  in 
pondering  on  this  subject  until  he  arrived  at  the  acme 
of  his  desires ;  for  it  suddenly  occurred  to  him  that 
the  sole  and  proximate  cause  of  stuttering  was  an 
attempt  to  speak  when  the  lungs  are  in  a  state  of  col- 
lapse, or  nearly  so. 

"In  this,"  says  the  doctor,  "consists  the  discovery 
hitherto  made  by  none.  The  patient  endeavours  to 
speak  when  the  lungs  are  empty,  and  cannot.  We  can 
utter  a  voice  without  speech  or  words,  but  not  the 
latter  without  the  forrrer." 


80  STAMMERING    Alfl)    STUTTERING. 

The  cause  from  which  all  impediments  of  speech 
arise,  being  apparently  so  simple,  the  remedy  proposed 
is  equally  easy,  for  he  says :  "  The  main  thing  to  be 
attended  to,  and  which,  in  fact,  is  the  ground-work  of 
the  whole  system  of  cure,  is  to  expire  the  breath 
strongly  each  time,  when  attempting  to  speak,  the 
lungs  being  previously  filled  to  the  utmost,  or,  in  other 
words,  to  reverse  the  habit  of  stuttering,  which  is,  that 
of  trying  to  speak  without  expiring  any  air." 

Remarks. 

Dissenting  from  Dr.  M'Cormac's  assumption  that 
stutterers  invariably  try  to  speak  with  empty  lungs, 
the  remedy  which  he  proposes,  viz.,  to  fill  the  lungs  to 
the  utmost  extent,  and  to  expel  the  words  with  force  is 
inapplicable.  In  some  few  cases,  where  the  voice  is  in 
fault,  the  patient  may  be  benefited ;  but  in  most  in- 
stances, the  practice  recommended  is  more  likely  to 
aggravate  the  impediment  than  to  remedy  it.  The 
regulation  of  the  breath  is  no  doubt  of  the  utmost  im- 
portance in  all  cases ;  but  it  must  not  be  effected  in  the 
way  indicated  by  Dr.  M'Cormac. 

The  error  into  which  this  author  has  fallen  must  be 
partly  attributed  to  the  false  premise  from  which  he 


SECOND    PliRIOD.  81 

started,  namely,  that  the  Toice  is  indispensable  to  ar- 
ticulation. *'We  can,"  he  observes,  "utter  a  voice 
without  words,  but  not  the  latter  without  the  former/' 
The  stutterer  should,  therefore,  cause  his  vocal  cords  to 
vibrate,  and  that  he  can  only  effect  by  forcible  expira- 
tion. Now,  it  is  well  known  that  in  whispering  we 
articulate  perfectly,  without  producing  any  voice.  A 
person  whose  vocal  cords  are  obliterated  from  dis- 
ease may  still  be  able  to  whisper  out  his  thoughts  ;  the 
voice  is  gone,  but  the  articulation  remains."^*  The 
vocal  cords  being  unconcerned,  the  tone  can,  in  whis- 
pering, be  neither  raised  or  lowered,  as  in  normal 
speech,  when  both,  the  vocal  and  articulating  organs 
are  in  action. 

Hervez  de  Chegouin,!  says  "  Stammerers  have 
hitherto,  convinced  of  their  incurability,  resigned 
themselves  to  their  fate.  Uncertain  as  to  the  cause, 
traditional  remedies  were  resorted  to.  We  were  told* 
of  Demosthenes  and  his  pebbles  ;  but,  by  some  fatality, 
pebbles  don't  cure  stuttering  now-a-days.  We  were 
then  recommended  to  articulate  slowly ;  and  in  point 
of  fact,  stammering  is   then  less   sensible.     But   the 

*  See  Philosnp/nj  of  Voice  and  Speech. 

f  Ttecherchcs  sur  las  C ruses  du  Bcgaicnient,     P^rip,  1830. 

F 


82  STAMMERING    AND    STUrXERINO. 

reason  why,  was  not  known.  In  placing  myself  before 
a  looking-glass  and  pronouncing  each  syllable  sepa- 
rately, I  did  not  stutter ;  but  when  I  endeavoured  to 
join  several  syllables,  which  required  a  change  of  form 
and  position  of  the  articulating  organs,  I  had  the  same 
difficulty." 

"  The  cause  of  stuttering  consists  either  in  the  short- 
ness of  the  tongue  or  the  vicious  disposition  of  the 
fraenum,  which  fixes  it  to  the  inferior  part  of  the  mouth, 
and  thus  restricts  its  motions.  It  is  true  that  the  frsenum 
may  be  short  or  long  in  persons  who  articulate  well, 
but  in  comparing  the  tongue  of  a  stutterer  with  that  of 
another  individual,  it  will  be  found  that  the  frsenum  of 
the  former  extends  more  to  the  top  of  the  tongue,  or 
that  it  is  harder  and  thicker,  and  also  that  the  tongue 
is  shorter,  so  that  to  raise  it  towards  the  pharynx 
though  not  impossible,  is  yet  very  difficult.  If  I,  then, 
find  that  the  cause  has  its  seat  in  the  frsenum,  I  divide 
it,  and  if  the  tongue  be  too  short,  I  double  the  dental 
arches  by  inserting  within  a  silver  arch,  by  which  they 
are  brought  nearer  to  the  tongue."  This  instrument 
Mr.  Hervez  calls  cintre. 

Remarks. 
The  abnormal  condition  of  the  tongue  may,  indeed 


SECOND    PERIOD.  83 

produce  stammering,  but  never  actual  stuttering.  Mr, 
Hervez's  chitre  may  be  useful  in  cases  when  a  portion 
of  the  tongue  has  been  lost  from  disease.  A  con- 
genital shortness  of  the  tongue  is  not  often  met  with,  nor 
does  it,  when  existing,  cause  stuttering.  Neither  will 
the  division  of  the  frsenvim  cure  stuttering ;  and  I  have 
had  under  my  care  many  pupils  whose  affection  dates 
from  an  unskilful  and  unnecessary  operation  of  that 
kind. 

Dr.  Aknott's  Theory  and  Remedy.* — "  The  most 
common  case  of  stuttering,  however,  is  not,  as  has  been 
universally  believed,  where  the  individual  has  a  diffi- 
culty in  respect  to  some  particular  letter  or  articulation, 
by  the  disobedience  to  the  will  or  power  of  association 
of  the  parts  of  the  mouth  which  should  form  it ;  but 
where  the  spasmodic  interruption  occurs  altogether 
behind  or  beyond  the  mouth,  viz.,  in  the  glottis,  so  as 
to  affect  all  the  articulations." 

Starting  from  the  principle  that  the  closure  of  the 
glottis  is  the  chief  cause  of  stuttering,  it  follows  that  a 
stutterer  is  instantly  cured,  if,  by  having  his  attention 
directed  to  it,  he  can  keep  it  open.  In  order  to  effect  this. 
Dr.  Arnott  advises  to  begin  pronouncing  or  droning  any 
simple  sound,  as  the  e  of  the  English  word,   berry, 

»  Elements  of  I'/iijsics,  &c.     G.  Niel  Arnott,  M.D. 


84  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

whereby  the  glottis  is  opened,  and  the  pronunciation  of 
the  following  sounds  is  lendered  easy.  The  words 
should  be  joined  together,  as  if  each  phrase  formed  but 
one  long  word,  nearly  as  they  are  joined  in  singing ;  if 
this  be  done,  the  voice  never  stops,  the  glottis  never 
closes,  and  there  is,  of  course,  no  stutter.  With  regard 
to  the  strangeness  of  such  a  mode  of  enunciation.  Dr. 
Arnott  observes :  "  There  are  many  persons  not  ac- 
counted peculiar  in  their  speech,  who,  in  seeking  words 
to  express  themselves,  often  rest  long  between  them,  on 
the  simple  sound  of  e  mentioned  above,  saying,  for  in- 
stance, hesitatingly,  '  e\  e think  e you  may," — 

the  sound  never  ceasing  until  the  end  of  the  phrase,  how- 
ever long  the  person  may  require  to  pronounce  it. 

Peofesok  Muller*  agrees  with  Dr.  Arnott,  in  con- 
sidering the  immediate  cause  of  stammering  to  be  a 
spasmodic  affection  of  the  glottis,  and  that  the  cure 
must,  therefore,  be  effected  by  conquering  this  morbid 
tendency  to  closure  by  voluntarily  keeping  it  open. 
For  this  purpose,  Dr.  Arnott  advises  that  the  patient 
should  connect  all  his  words  by  an  intonation  of  the 
voice,  continued  between  the  different  words,  as  is  done 
by  persons  who  speak  vvith  hesitation.  "This  plan," 
observes  MuHer,  "  may  afiord  some  benefit,  but  cannot 

*  ■  Elctnents  of  Physiolotji/,  IranslalcdLy  W.  Baly,  M.D.,  18-37 


SECOND    PERIOD.  85 

do  everything,  since  the  main  impediment  occurs  in 
the  middle  of  words."  He,  therefore,  advises,  in  addition 
to  Dr.  Arnott's  plan,  the  following  procedmre  :  *'  The 
patient  should  practise  himself  in  reading  sentences  in 
which  all  letters,  which  cannot  be  pronounced  with  a 
vocal  sound,  namely,  the  explosives,  should  be  omitted, 
and  only  those  consonants  included  which  are  suscep- 
tible of  an  accompanying  intonation,  and  that  the  sound 
should  be  much  prolonged.  By  this  method,  a  mode 
of  enunciation  would  b^  attained,  in  which  the  glottis  is 
never  closed,  owing  to  the  articulation  being  combined 
with  vocalisation.  When  the  stammerer  has  long 
practised  himself  in  this  manner,  he  may  proceed  to 
the  explosive  sounds.  In  such  a  plan  of  treatment,  the 
patient  himself  would  perceive  the  principle,  while  the 
ordinary  method — that  of  Madame  Leigh — is  mere 
groping  in  the  dark,  neither  teacher  nor  pupil  knowing 
the  principles  of  the  method  pursued." 

Remarks. 

The  so  called  spasmodic  closure  of  the  glottis,  con- 
sidered by  Drs.  Arnott  and  Miiller,  and  their  followers,  as 
the  chief  cause  of  stuttering  is,  I  am  convinced,  not  a 
cause,  but  an  effect,  produced  by  the  misemployment  of 


86  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

the  respiratory  and  vocal  organs — in  short,  by  the 
application  of  inadequate  means  to  surmount  the 
difficulty.  If  the  contraction  of  the  glottis  were 
spasmodic^  in  the  proper  sense  of  the  terra,  the  patient 
would  scarcely  have  the  power,  which  he  undoubtedly 
possesses,  even  in  the  severest  form,  to  arrest  it  in- 
stantly by  silence. 

Again,  stuttering  does  not,  as  frequently  asserted, 
occur  only  at  the  explosive  sounds,  hence,  the  omit-sion 
of  these  letters  in  the  exercised,  as  recommended  by 
Miiller,  will  not  always  stop  the  paroxysm. 

Those  who  make  use  of  the  trick  of  an  intervening  e 
sound  for  the  purpose  of  keeping  the  glottis  open,  must 
be  reminded  that,  in  order  to  derive  any  benefit  from 
the  artifice,  the  next  sound  must  closely  follow,  other- 
wise the  glottis  will  again  contract.  That  such  a  mode 
of  drawling  enunciation  attracts,  comparatively,  little 
notice,  is  a  proposition  to  which  I  cannot  subscribe. 
In  some  cases,  it  is,  perhaps,  more  disagreeable  to  the 
listener  than  the  original  defect.  In  justice  to  Dr. 
Arnott,  it  may  be  observed,  that  he  expressly  states, 
that  though  the  simple  sound,  the  e  of  berry,  is  a  means 
of  keeping  the  glottis  open,  there  are  many  other  cases 
in  which  other  means  are  more  suitable,  as  the  intelli- 
gent preceptor  soon  discovers. 


SECOND    PERIOD.  87 

Dr.  Schulthess*  distinguishes  idiopathic,  sympto- 
matic, and  sympathetic  stuttering.  The  first  depends 
upon  disharmony  between  innervation  and  the  action  of 
the  vocal  and  articulating  organs.  Stuttering,  the  result 
of  imitation,  is  idiopathic. 

Stuttering  is  sympathetic,  if  the  disorder  of  the  larynx 
is  consensual,  owing  to  an  affection  of  the  brain,  or 
the  abdominal  viscera. 

Symptomatic  stuttering  generally  disappears  with  the 
affection,  of  which  it  is  the  symptom. 

In  sy^nptomatic  stuttering  we  must  combat  the  affec- 
tion of  which  it  is  a  symptom.  When  stuttering  is 
sympathetic,  the  treatment  must  be  directed  to  the 
primary  evil  which  produced  it,  and  which  has  chiefly 
its  seat  in  the  abdomen  and  the  brain.  But  though 
stuttering  may  orginally  be  a  secondary  symptom,  it 
may,  by  long  continuance,  become  idiopathic  ;  we 
must,  then,  after  having  removed  the  original  cause, 
direct  our  attention  to  the  spasmodic  affection  of  the 
larynx,  which  may  still  remain.  In  idiopathic  stutter- 
ing, we  must  internally  and  externally  try  such  remedies 
which  directly  or  indirectly  act  upon  the  vascular, 
vegetative,  and  nervous  system  generally;  but  especially 
upon  the  vocal  and  sympathetic  nerves — remedies 
*  Das  Stammeln  und  Stottern.  Zurich,  1830. 


88  TAMMEBING    AND    STUTTERING. 

whicti  have  proved  beneficial  in  other  convulsive 
diseases,  such  as  epilepsy,  chorea,  hooping  cough,  &c. 

Among  external  applications,  antispasmodics,  resol- 
vent embrocations  on  the  throat,  and  the  vicinity  of  the 
larynx  may  be  useful.  Derivatives,  setons,  blisters, 
either  on  the  throat,  behind  the  ears,  the  neck,  the 
chest,  the  pit  of  the  stomach,  or  at  distant  regions, 
have,  at  times,  produced  good  effects.  "  Thus,"  he  says, 
"  a  stutterer  was  much  relieved  after  applying  to  the 
chest  the  antimonial  ointment." 

Though  agreeing  with  Dr.  Arnott  as  to  the  spasmodic 
state  of  the  glottis,  he  doubts  whether  the  enunciation 
of  a  simple  vowel  sound  will  much  relieve  the  stutterer. 
Dr.  Schulthess  concludes  his  work  by  expressing  a  wish 
that  some  person  would  take  the  trouble  of  embodying, 
in  a  single  volume,  all  the  methods  which  have  occa- 
sionally succeeded,  so  that  the  practitioner  might  have 
his  choice  of  remedies  in  case  of  failure. 

Remarks. 

Db.  ScHulTiiESs's  work  is,  in  many  respects,  a  very 
meritorious  performance.  He  does  not,  however,  appear 
to  have  enjoyed  much  opportunity  for  practice.  Hence, 
his   views  are   theoretical,  and  his  fault  consists  in 


SECOND    PERIOD.  tjy 

having  treated  the  subject  chiefly  from  a  medical  point 
of  view.  Though  fully  admitting  the  paramount  im- 
portance of  a  psychical  treatment,  which,  as  he  observes, 
has  been  successfully  employed  when  medical  treat- 
ment only  aggravated  the  disorder,  he  still  considered 
stuttering,  in  most  cases,  a  disease  or  symptomatic 
of  a  corporeal  affection — an  opinion  which  is  daily 
losing  ground,  and  which  I  cannot  at  all  agree  in. 

SiE  Charles  Bell*  attributes  to  the  pharynx  a  much 
greater  share  in  articulation  than  is  generally  allowed. 
He  considers  that  this  smaller  cavity  is  substituted  for 
the  larger  cavity  of  the  chest,  to  the  great  relief  of 
the  speaker,  and  the  incalculable  saving  of  muscular 
exertion. 

Both  the  musical  notes  in  singing,  and  the  vowels  in 
speech  are  affected  by  the  form  and  dimensions  of  the 
pharynx,  and  it  is  during  the  distention  of  the  bag  of 
the  pharynx  that  the  breath  ascends  and  produces  the 
sound  which  proceeds  and  gives  the  character  to  the 
explosive  letters,  and  the  pharynx,^  after  being  dis- 
tended, contracts,  and  forces  open  the  lips. 

He  further  observes  that,  with  each  motion  of  the 
tongue  or  lips,  there  is  a  correspondence  in  the  action 
of  the  velum  and  pharynx,  so  that  the  compression  o 
Philosophical  Transactions,  1832. 


90  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

the  thorax,  the  adjustment  of  the  larynx  and  glottis, 
the  motions  of  the  tongue  and  lips,  and  his  actions  of 
the  pharynx  and  palate  must  all  consent  before  a  word 
is  uttered. 

Applying  this  to  impediments  of  speech,  Sir  Charles 
remarks  that,  "  in  a  person  who  stutters,  the  imperfec- 
tion is  obviously  in  the  power  of  intonation,  and  not  in 
defectTof  a  single  part.  The  stutterer  can  sing  without 
hesitation  or^spasm,  because  in  singing,  the  adjustment 
of  the  glottis  and  the  propulsion  of  the  breath  by  the 
elevated  chest,  are  accomplished  and  continue  uninter- 
ruptedly, neither  does  he  experience  any  distress  in 
pronouncing  the  vowels  and  liquid  consonants.  For 
the  same  reason,  and  if  he  study  to  commence  his 
speech  with  a  vowel  sound,  he  can  generally  add  to  the 
vibration,  already  begun,  the  proper  action  of  the 
pharynx.  Another  necessary  combination  distresses 
the  stutterer,  namely,  the  action  of  the  expiratory 
muscles,  and  those  of  the  throat.  He  expels  the  breath 
BO  much  in  his  attempts  at  utterance,  that,  to  produce 
a  sound  at  all,  the  ribs  must  be  forcibly  compressed. 
To  remove  this  necessity,  if  he  be  made  to  fill  his  lungs 
and  elevate  the  shoulders,  the  elasticity  of  the  compages 
of  the  chest  will  come  into  play,  so  as  to  expel 
the   breath  without  effort,   and  he   will   speak  with 


SECOND    PERIOD. 


91 


comparative  facility  and  comfort.  Accordingly,  to 
commence  speaking  with  the  chest  fully  inflated,  to 
pitch  the  Toice  properly,  to  keep  measured  time  in 
speaking,  and  to  raise  the  voice  on  a  liquid  letter  or 
vowel,  are  some  of  the  common  means  recommended  for 
the  cure  of  it ;  and  they  are  certainly  those  which  tend 
to  overcome  the  difficulty  in  combining  the  organs  of 
speech  when  the  defect  arises  from  no  disorder  or  mal- 
formation of  the  organs  of  speaking." 

Eemarks. 

It  will  be  perceived  that  our  distinguished  physiologist 
considers  stuttering  not  as  a  disease,  but  chiefly  as  the 
result  of  disordered  respiration.  He,  therefore,  lays 
down  no  specific  plan,  but  recommends  the  common 
means  which,  by  regulating  the  respiratory  acts,  may 
tend  to  overcome  the  difficulty  of  the  stutterer  in  com- 
bining the  action  of  the  organs  of  speech. 

Dr.  Voisin*  being  afflicted  with  an  impediment  in 
his  speech,  left  no  method  untried,  from  the  pebbles  of 
Demosthenes  to  the  method  of  Mrs.  Leigh  and  Mal- 
bouche,  for  the  purpose  of  removing  it.  Chance  first  led 
him  to  the  discovery  of  the  method  he  recommends.  He 

*  Bulletin  de  V Acad.  Roy.  de  Med.  1837. 


92  STAMMEBING    AND    STUTTERING. 

was  reading  a  paper  before  a  society,  and  wishing  to 
do  so  with  energy,  he  happened  to  look  in  a  mirror 
which  was  opposite  him,  and  perceived  that  he  rested 
the  border  of  his  right  hand  upon  his  chin,  in  a  manner 
80  as  to  depress  the  inferior  maxilla  and  hold  the  mouth 
half  open.    The  idea  immediately  suggested  itself  that 
this  instinctive  and  mechanical  movement  might  con- 
tribute to  his  reading  more  promptly  and  easily.     In 
fact,  upon   ceasing  the  pressure  the  difficulty  of  ex- 
pression was  quickly  reproduced ;  but  upon  replacing 
his  hand  the  freeness  of  the  articulation  immediately 
returned.     Endeavouring  to  give  an  account  of  this,  he 
observes :  first,  that  the  mouth  was  kept  half  open, 
the  distance  between  the  teeth  being  a  line  and  a  half. 
Second,  that  the  tongue,  abandoned  to  itself,  in  the 
state  of  repose,  placed  itself  against  the  inferior  dental 
border,  whilst  during  pronunciation  it  is  projected  for- 
wards and  upwards,  but  is  withdrawn  almost  imme- 
diately behind  the  alveolar  arch.  Third,  that  a  medium 
pressure  is  necessary  upon  the  chin ;    this  should  be 
sufficiently  strong  to  resist  the  muscles  which  move 
the  inferior  maxilla,  without  impeding  its  movement 
of  elevation,  so  strong  as  to  prevent  perfect  approxima- 
tion.    To   produce    this    pressure,   and  at  the  same 
me  make  it    e  xcusable,  it  is  necessary  to  use  a  certain 


SECOND    PERIOD.  93 

delicate  art,  so  that  the  manoeuvre  may  not  appear 
forced,  but  on  the  contrary,  almost  natural.  This 
pressure  should  be  made  with  the  external  border  of 
the  right  or  left  hand  indiscriminately,  the  thumb 
applied  to  the  chin,  and  the  fingers  free.  He  hcs 
obsei-ved  the  same  in  other  individuals  afflicted  with 
impediment. 

Remarks. 

TiiEKE  are  few  cases  in  which  any  benefit  will  be 
derived  from  the  artifice  recommended.  It  is  at  best 
but  a  palliative  not  reaching  the  cause  of  the  evil ;  nor 
was  Dr.  Voisin  cured  by  it.  The  pressure  upon  the 
chin  during  enunciation  may,  in  some  instances,  give 
temporary  relief;  and  as  beards  are  now  all  the  fashion, 
it  may  be  efiected  by  holding  the  hirsute  appendage, 
and  drawing  down  the  lower  jaw  without  exciting  too 
much  attention. 

Dk.  Marshall  Hall,  in  his  Diseases  of  the  Nervous 
System,  1841,  says  :  "In  Stammering  the  act  of 
volition  is  rendered  imperfect  by  an  action  independent 
and  subversive  of  the  will  and  of  true  spinal  origin. 
In  some  instances,  an  act  of  inspiration  is  excited  at 
the  same  tiinc,   which   is  equally  iuvolunlary ;  but  in 


94  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

o-eneral,  there  is  a  violent  effort  of  expiration,  and,  in 
the  worst  cases,  the  disease  is  of  an  almost  convulsive 
character.  Stammering,  as  a  diseas«,  is  sometimes 
induced  by  a  morbid  condition  of  the  intestines,  acting 
through  the  incident  nerves.  Dr.  Bostock  has  re- 
corded such  a  case  in  the  Medical  Chirurgical  Trans- 
actions, vol.  xvi,  p.  72 ;  it  was  cured  by  purgative 
medicines." 

*'  In  all  cases  this  affection  is  aggravated  by  indis- 
position, and  by  emotion  or  agitation.  It  is  best 
remedied  when  not  hereditary  or  inveterate,  by  atten- 
tion to  the  general  health,  and  especially  by  purgative 
and  tonic  medicines,  and  by  acquiring  a  habit  of  self- 
possession,  and  of  speaking  in  a  subdued,  continuous 
tone,  first  dilating  the  thorax. 

*'  Stammering  is  very  like  a  partial  chorea ;  it  is 
not  I  think,  as  Dr.  Arnott  supposes,  an  affection  of 
the  glottis  or  larynx,  that  is  of  the  organ  of  the  voice, 
but  of  some  of  the  different  parts  which  constitute  the 
machinery  of  articulation. 

*'  If  the  recent  observations  of  Mr.  Yearsley  prove 
correct,  that  stammering  is  to  be  cured  by  excision 
of  the  uvula  and  tonsils,  a  new  ray  of  light  will  be 
thrown  on  this  singular  malady.  Is  the  uvula  the 
excitor-rcgulator  of  articulation  :      Is  it,  in  cases   of 


SECOND    PERIOD.  95 

stammering,  unduly  excitable  ?      Every  voluntary  act 
combines  with  itself  an  excitomotory  action.     The  con- 
tact of  an  object  with  the  palm  of  the  hand,  the  sole 
of  the  foot,  induces  an  additional  muscular  contraction 
beyond  that  of  the  original  stimulus  of  volition.  Articu- 
lation may    be  regulated    in  the   same  manner.      A 
reflex  arc  between  the  mouth  and  the  organs  of  articu- 
lation would  not  be  more  marvellous  than  many  others. 
How  extraordinary,  for  example,  is  the  act  of  vomiting 
induced  by  irritation  of  the  fauces!      How  singular 
that  substances  passing  the  fauces  in  deglutition  do  not 
produce  the  same  effect.     How  do  the  incident  excitor 
nerves  of  vomiting  escape  ?     I  may  further  ask,   what 
is  the  state  and  position  of  the  u^oila  in  articulation  ? 
The  velum,  and  with  it  the  uvula,  are  elevated  and 
placed  so  as  to  close  the  posterior  nares,  whenever  cer- 
tain  letters   are    pronounced.       Are   incident   nerves 
regulators  of  articulation  excited  in  this  case  ?     And 
are  they  unduly  excited  in  stammering  ?     And  is  stam- 
mering not  only  an  undue  spinal  action  (as  I  stated 
many  years  ago),  but  an  undue  rejlex  spinal  action  ? 
These  interesting  questions,  time  and  long  investigation 
alone    can   determine.      Farther,   can  the  uvula  and 
adjacent  parts  be  implicated  in  chorea  ?  " 

In  the  Journal  of  the   Rnijal  Institution,  for   1841, 


96  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERINO. 

Dr.  M.  Hall,  further  very  justly  observes  :  "  All  results 
prove  that  the  larynx  is  not  closed  in  stammering,  and, 
indeed,  that  its  closure  and  stammering  are  totally  in- 
compatible with  each  other.  Where  articulation  is 
interrupted,  it  is  by  the  co-operation  of  a  part  anterior 
to  the  larynx  ;  it  is,  in  a  word,  not  an  interruption  of 
the  organ  of  voice,  but  of  speech." 

Dr.  Lichtinger  in  a  series  of  papers  on  stuttering 
[Med.  Zeitunfft  1844),  distinguishes  those  cases  which 
depend  on  an  affection  of  the  nervous  system  from  such 
which  result  from  malformation  of  the  organs  of  speech. 
Following  Dr.  Marshall  Hall,  he  further  distinguishes 
cerebral  and  spinal  stuttering.  In  the  former,  affec- 
tions of  the  brain  interfere  with  the  efforts  of  the  will, 
so  that  spinal  activity  preponderates  unregulated.  On 
the  other  hand,  spinal  stuttering  must  be  referred  to 
that  portion  of  the  cord  which  is  situate  between  the 
origin  of  the  fifth  and  seventh  and  those  resj)iratory 
nerves  that  supj^Iy  the  chest  and  belly.  This  may  be 
either  central  when  the  cause  exists  in  the  tract  men- 
tioned, or  eccentric  when  the  cause  is  seated  in  some 
of  the  reflex  nerves. 


SECOND  PERIOD.  9T 

American  Theory  and  Method.'^' 

The  method  said  to  have  been  invented  in  1825,  by 
Mrs.  Leigh,  an  English  woman  residing  at  New  York, 
created  great  sensation  both  in  America  and  Europe. 
Magendie,  in  his  report  to  the  French  Academy  (March. 
11,  1828),  gives  the  following  account  of  this  lady:— ► 
Mrs.  Leigh,  residing  at  New  York,  having  become  a 
widow  when  about  thirty-six  years  old,  was  received 
in  the  house  of  Dr.   Yates,  one  of  whose  daughters 
about  eighteen  years  of  age,  laboured  under  a  severe 
impediment  of  speech.     In  return  for  the  great  kind- 
ness with  which  she  was  treated,  Mrs.   Leigh  deter- 
mined to  free  the  young  lady  from  her  impediment. 

Deriving  no  information  from  any  English  work 
treating  of  the  subject,  she  tried  a  number  of  remedies, 
until  she  arrived  at  her  "  infallible  "  method.  Con- 
sidering that  the  pressure  of  the  tongue  against  the 
inferior  incisors  was  the  sole  cause  of  stuttering,  the 
great  point  of  her  system  consisted  in  inducing  the 
patient,  during  enunciation,  to   alter   the  position  of 

*  Although  in  clironological  order,  this  theory  ought  ta 
have  been  inserted  before,  it  was  deemed  advisable  to  pro- 
duce it  here  in  connection  with  its  chief  propagator  in. 
Europe,  Mr.  Malebouche. 

G 


98  STAMMEEING    AND    STUTTERING. 

that  organ  by  placing  it  to  the  top  of  the  palate,  by 
which  means,  it  is  said,  she  succeeded  in  curing  Miss- 
Yates  of  her  infirmity. 

Dr.  Warren  of  Boston,  however,  insists  that  the 
above  great  discovery  was  not  made  by  Mrs.  Leigh  at 
all,  but  by  Dr.  Yates,  the  father  of  the  young  lady  ; 
and  that  he  merely  consented  that  the  system  should 
pass  under  her  name,  from  fear  of  being  considered  an. 
empiric. 

Dr.  Zitterland,  on  the  other  hand,  in  a  pamphlet 
published  in  1828,  at  Aix  la  Chapelle,  says,  that  Mrs. 
Leigh's  husband  had  been  a  stutterer,  and  that  the 
discovery  was  the  result  of  nine  years  constant  obser- 
vation. Others  assert,  that  Mr.  Broster  had  practised 
the  same  method  before  Mrs.  Leigh,  and  that  it  was 
from  England  that  the  system  was  transplanted  to 
America.  Be  this  as  it  may,  certain  it  is  that  Mr. 
Malebouche,  a  Frenchman,  bought  the  secret  for  a 
round  sum  of  Mrs.  Leigh,  and  introduced  it,  in  1827, 
into  the  Netherlands  and  Germany.  Both  the  Nether- 
land  and  Prussian  Governments  considered  the  subject 
of  sufficient  importance,  to  grant  to  those  who  were 
in  possession  of  the  secret  considerable  privileges,  and 
to  appoint  them  professors  at  public  establishments. 

Mrs.  Leigh's  system  was  shortly  afterwards  intro- 


SECOND    PERIOD.  99^' 

duced  into  France  by  Mr.  F.  Malebouche,  a  brother  of 
the  gentleman  who  purchased  the  secret  from  Mrs.. 
Leigh.  As  Mr.  F.  Malebouche,  in  the  course  of  his 
practice,  found  the  method,  in  many  cases,  inefficient, 
he  set  about  perfecting  it,  and  presented  to  the  French 
Academy  of  Science,  in  1841,  a  memoir  containing 
his  improved  system  of  treating  defective  utterance. 

In  this  memoir,  Mr.  Malebouche  reproaches  the 
American  method  that  it  is  not  applicable  to  all 
species  of  stuttering,  and  that  the  cures  effected  by  it 
were  not  lasting.  He  had,  therefore,  remedied  its  short- 
comings, and  discovered  a  more  perfect  method  of  cure. 
His  starting  point  is  directly  to  oppose  the  curative 
remedies  to  the  vicious  action  of  the  organs  of  speech  ; 
as  he  does  not  think  that  respiration  has  much  to  do 
with  the  production  of  stuttering,  he  deems  it  unneces- 
sary to  occupy  himself  with  this  fundamental  element 
of  speech,  which,  he  assumes,  becomes  regularised  in 
its  actions  in  proportion  as  stuttering  diminishes. 
The  lips  form  a  special  object  of  Mr.  Malebouche's 
treatment.  "With  regard  to  the  tongue,  Mr.  Male- 
bouche recommends  that  not  merely  the  tip,  but  the 
whole  organ  should  be  raised  and  applied  to  the 
palate,  retracting  it  as  much  as  possible.  In  this 
manner,  the  stutterer  begins  to  perceive  the  motions- 


100  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

necessary  for  pronunciation ;  he  must  be  made,  while 
the  tongue  is  thus  glued  to  the  palate,  to  pronounce 
all  kinds  of  syllables  and  words,  which  he  succeeds 
in   effecting  after  a  longer  or  a  shorter  time,  according 
to   the   intelligence    of  the   pupil,   or   the   degree   of 
-flexibility  of  his  organs.    The  pronunciation,  no  doubt, 
is  much  altered — it  is  thick,  clammy ;  but  experience 
has   proved   that  this  defect  disappears  in  proportion 
as  the  pupil  becomes  master  of  his  movements.     The 
teacher  should  not  yield  to  the  desire  of  the  stutterer 
to  be  soon  relieved  from  this  mode  of  enunciation  ;  it 
must  be  continued  for  a  considerable  time,  until  the 
pupil  can,  with  the  tongue  placed   in  the   indicated 
position,   enunciate  distinctly.      It  is  important,   nay- 
indispensable,  that  during  the  time  of  the  treatment, 
the  subject  should,  excepting  during  the  hours  devoted 
to  the  exercises,  keep  perfect  silence.     The  invariable, 
infallible  rule   is  this — to    articulate  as  distinctly   as 
possible,  with   the  least  possible   detachment  of  the 
tongue  from  the  palate.    The  more  the  pupil  succeeds 
in  articulating  clearly,  while  the  tongue  is  retracted, 
the  more  perfect  is  the  cure. 

Remarks. 
'!'he   chief  point   insisted  on  by  Mrs.  Leigh,   that 


SECOND    PEEIOD.  101 

in  stuttering  tlie  tongue  is  fixed  to  the  inferior  incisors, 
is  not  true.  It  is  also  evident  that  as  neither  Mrs. 
Leigh  or  Malebouche  attach  any  importance  to  dt  fee" 
tive  vocalisation  and  the  respiratory  functions,  some 
of  the  most  essential  elements  in  the  causation  o*^ 
stuttering  remain  unnoticed,  and  the  method  is,  conse- 
quently, one  sided  and  ineffective. 

CoLOMBAT''^*  assumes  two  species  of  stuttering,  each 
having  several  subdivisions. 

1.  Begaiement  lahio-choreique,  so  termed  on  account 
of  its  analogy  with  chorea,  or  St.  Vitus's  Dance.  It  con- 
sists of  spasmodic  motions  of  the  lips  and  tongue,  and 
other  moveable  organs,  and  conduces  to  the  frequent 
repetitions  of  the  labial  sounds. 

2.  Begaiement  guttm'o-tetanic,  consisting  mainly 
in  a  rigidity  of  the  respiratory  muscles,  and  those  of 
the  larynx  and  pharynx,  and  manifesting  itself  by  a 
sudden  stoppage  of  the  breath,  owing  to  the  contraction 
of  the  glottis,  and,  consequently,  affecting  the  emission 
of  sound.  The  guttural  sounds  g,  k,  q,  are  cliitfly 
influenced  in  this  species. 

Those  labouring  under  the  first  named  defect,  are 
usually  persons  of  a  lively  disposition,  whilst   those 

*  Trait e  de  tous  les  vices  de  la  parole  et  en  pariiculier  du 
Regalement,  &c.  Paris  1840. 


102  STAMMERIKa    JLND    STUTTERI^'G. 

•subject  to  the.  second  species,  articulate  slowly,  and 
make  considerable  efforts  to  produce  the  disobedient 
sounds.  Colombat  followed  the  opinion  of  his  pre- 
decessors, in  assuming  as  the  proximate  cause  of  stut- 
tering, the  want  of  harmony  between  the  nervous 
influence  and  the  muscles  distributed  to  the  organs  of 
speech.  He,  therefore,  devised  a  series  of  orthophonic 
exercises,  in  order  to  restore  the  harmony  between 
nervous  action  and  the  organs  of  articulation  ;  tKe 
most  efiective  agent  in  these  exercises  being  the  appli- 
cation of  rhythm  in  speaking. 

The  orthophonic  gymnastics  have  the  advantage  of 
acting  physically  and  morally;  they  act  physically 
upon  all  the  respiratory  muscles ;  upon  the  lungs,  the 
larynx,  and  specially  upon  the  glottis,  the  tongue,  and 
the  lips.  The  respiration  effected  in  the  mode  indi- 
cated has  for  its  object,  to  relieve  the  spasmodic 
♦constriction  of  the  vocal  cords  by  opening  the  glottis, 
while,  at  the  same  time,  the  chest  is  expanded  by  a 
large  quantity  of  air  \vhich  escaj^es  slowly  by  an  ex- 
piration which  should  be  gradual,  and  only  sufficient 
to  produce  the  sound. 

By  placing  the  finger  upon  the  pomum  Adami  every- 
one can  convince  himself,  that  on  raising  the  tongue 
iind   turning  the  tip  towards  the  pharynx,  the  larynx. 


SECOND    PERIOD.  103 

descends,  and  the  glottis  enlarges,  whilst  in  stuttering, 
the  larynx  is  usually  raised,  by  which  the  glottis  is 
constricted.  The  position  of  the  tongue,  as  above, 
renders  it  almost  impossible  to  stutter  upon  the  gut- 
tural, dental  and  palatal  letters,  whilst  the  infirmity 
is  soon  exhibited  when  it  is  depressed.  The  transversal 
tension  of  the  lips,  as  indicated,  tends  to  relieve 
that  species  of  convulsive  tremor  which  obtains  in 
articulating  the  labials  when  the  lips  form  a  sort  of  cur- 
vilinear sphincter.  As  different  causes  never  produce 
the  same  effects,  it  is  easy  to  conceive  that  the  disagree- 
able repetitions  cannot  take  place  if  the  mechanism, 
which  produces  them,  is  altered  in  an  opposite  direc- 
tion. Tiiere  is  also  a  condition  upon  which  he  insists, 
that  the  patient  should,  for  at  least  a  fortnight,  not 
speak  with  any  body  else,  or  only  with  such  individuals 
who  are  under  treatment  for  the  same  infirmity, 
otherwise  the  precepts  are  soon  forgotten,  and  the 
influence  of  the  method  is  only  ephemeral. 

*•  After  what  has  been  stated,"  says  Colombat,  "  it 
is  evident  that  rhythm  is  one  of  the  chief  phases  of 
my  method  " 

Remarks. 
Although    Mr.    Colombat   obtained   the    Monthyon 


104  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

prize  from  tlie  French  Academy,  it  is  difficult  to 
discover  that  he  has  thrown  any  new  light  on  the  infir- 
mity. Colombat's  great  merit  consists  in  having  syste- 
matised  the  subject;  although  his  many  sub-divisions 
are  useless,  and  some  of  his  principles  erroneous. 

There  can  be  no  doubt  that  a  slow  and  measured 
delivery  sometimes  tends  to  diminish  stuttering,  and 
may  prove  beneficial  in  some  cases  of  defective  utter- 
ance ;  but  nothing  can  be  more  erroneous  than  to 
assume  that  rhythm,  however  skilfully  employed,  is 
by  itself,  sufficiently  potent  permanently  to  remove 
a  severe  impediment.  Post  hoc,  ergo  propter  hoc — 
because  rhythm  is  in  some  uncomplicated  cases  a  very 
useful  adjunct :  it  has  been  by  most  writers  cried  up 
as  a  panacea  for  stuttering.  The  real  fact  is  that  it  is 
not  the  rhythm  which  produces  a  beneficial  efiect,  but 
its  influence  in  altering,  for  the  time  being,  the  manage- 
ment of  the  breath;  for  the  moment  the  patient  begins 
his  ordinary  discourse  the  defect  immediately  reappears. 
Unless,  therefore,  the  fans  et  origo  mali — vicious  res- 
piration be  first  attended  to,  so  as  to  establish  a  syn- 
chronous action  between  the  respiratory,  vocal,  and 
enunciating  organs  under  all  circumstances,  rhythm 
alone  will  produce  little  or  no  effect. 


SECOND  PERIOD.  105^' 

Dr.  Becquerel''*  believes  that  the  cause  of  stuttering 
is  a  dynamic  affection  of  the  respiratory  muscles,  having 
probably  its  primary  seat  in  the  nervous  system.  The 
convulsive  movements  of  the  vocal  and  articulating 
organs  ;  the  difficulty  of  pronouncing  certain  syllables 
and  their  frequent  repetition,  are  merely  the  conse- 
quences of  the  premature  escape  of  the  air  which  is 
not  employed  in  the  formation  of  sound.  It  is,  there- 
fore, necessary  to  prevent  this  escape  of  air,  by  retain- 
ing it  as  much  as  possible  during  speech.  In  stuttering 
it  will  be  seen  that  the  walls  of  the  thorax  sink .  too 
often,  to  expel  the  excess  of  air  introduced.  The 
result  of  it  is  that  a  larger  quantity  of  air  escapes  than 
is  necessary  for  articulation,  and  a  sensible  current  of 
air  arriving  in  the  buccal  cavity  at  the  moment  when 
the  tongue,  the  lips,  and  the  buccal  parieties  contract 
for  articulation,  impedes  their  free  action,  and  produces 
stuttering.  Such  being  the  case,  the  loss  of  air  must 
be  prevented  by  retaining  it  as  much  as  possible,  and 
employing  it  in  the  formation  of  articulate  sound. 

Hemarka. 
Dr.  Becquerel's  theory,    though    defective,  con- 

Traite  du  Begaietnent.  Paris,  1847. 


106  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

tains  much  that  is  true,  which,  in  some  cases  may, 
under  careful  guidance,  be  carried  out  in  practice.  It 
appears  that  Dr.  Becquerel  himself — one  of  the  most 
eminent  living  French  physicians — laboured  under  an 
impediment  of  speech,  and  as  none  of  his  colleagues 
were  able  to  afford  him  any  help,  he  applied  to  a  Mr. 
Jourdaut,  (not  a  medical  practitioner)  by  whom  he  was 
much  relieved,  if  not  altogether  cured.  And  it  is  the 
theory  of  Jourdant  which  our  author  has  amplified  and 
developed  in  his  work. 

Dr.  Carpenter'^*  concurs  in  the  opinion  of  most 
authors  that  the  defect  called  Stammering  essentially 
consists  in  the  want  of  power  to  combine  the  different 
actions  concerned  in  vocalization.  He  also  considers 
a  disordered  action  of  the  nervous  centres  as  the  proxi- 
mate cause  ;  though  this  may  be  (to  use  the  language 
of  Dr.  M.  Hall)  either  of  centric  or  eccentric  origin. 
And  whereas  the  stammerer  experiences  his  greatest 
difficulties  in  the  pronunciation  of  the  consonants  of 
the  explosive  class,  he  approves  of  Miiller's  suggestion 
that  the  patient  would  do  well  to  practice  sentences 
from  which  such  consonants  are  omitted. 

With  regard  to  the  cure  of  stammering,  Dr.  Carpenter 
makes  the  following  suggestions  : — 

*  Principles  of  Human  Physiology,  5th  edition. 


SECOND    PERIOD,  107 

"  One  of  the  most  important  objects  to  be  aimed  at 
in  the  treatment  of  stammering  consists  in  the  preven- 
tion of  all  emotional  disturbances  in  connection  with 
the  art  of  speech ;  and  thus  requires  the  exercise  and 
the  direction  of  thought  in  the  following  modes : 

"  To  reduce  mental  emotion  by  a  daily,  hourly  habit 
of  abstracting  the  mind  from  the  subject  of  stammering 
both  while  speaking  and  at  other  times. 

"  To  avoid  exciting  mental  emotion  by  (not  ?)  at- 
tempting unnecessarily  to  read  or  speak  when  the 
individual  is  conscious  that  he  shall  not  be  able  to  per- 
form these  actions  without  great  distress. 

"  3.  To  elude  mental  emotion  by  taking  advantage 
of  any  little  artifice  to  escape  from  stammering,  so 
long  as  the  artifice  continues  to  be  a  successful  one." 

^emarlis. 

It  would  thus  appear  that  Dr.  Carpenter  very  justly 
looks  upon  stammering  (which  word  he  uses  synony- 
mously with  stuttering),  rather  as  a  psychical  afi*ection 
"which  must  be  combated  by  psychical  means.  That 
there  are  some  stutterers  who  are  more  free  in  their 
utterance  when  not  thinking  of  their  difficulty,  or 
when  their  attention   is,   during  speech,  directed   to 


108  STAMMEKING    AND    STUTTERING. 

another  object  is  very  true,  and  in  such  cases  the 
act  of  abstracting  the  mind  from  the  subject  of 
stammering  may  prove  beneficial  if  the  pupil  had 
the  power  to  do  so  ;  but  the  difficulty  consists  in 
reducing  such  a  theory  to  practice.  Nothing  is  easier 
than  to  advise  the  patient  to  withdraw  his  attention 
from  his  affliction — nothing  more  difficult  to  the, 
stutterer  to  effect  it. 

To  exercise  a  voluntary  power  over  the  direction  of 
our  thought  when  we  are,  by  actual  sensation,  con- 
stantly reminded  of  our  affliction,  requires  a  mental 
effort  which  but  few  are  capable  of.  And  if  the  case 
be  really  merely  psychical,  and  the  patient  have 
sufficient  mastery  over  his  mind,  would  it  not  be  more 
rational  to  advise  the  patient  to  do  just  the  reverse ; 
that  is  to  say,  to  direct  his  attention  to  his  affliction, 
and  to  overcome  it  by  concentrated  firmness  of  pur- 
pose ?     We  shall  have  to  recur  to  this  subject. 

In  extreme  cases  of  mental  abstraction  and  excite- 
ment, we  find  occasionally  that  fluent  speech  is  given 
for  the  time ;  but  in  the  majority  of  cases  it  is  quite 
the  reverse,  especially  if  the  person  is  labouring  under 
fsar^  which  is  known  to  stop  the  secretions,  especially 
of  the  salivary  glands,  causing  a  dryness  in  the  mouth. 
Nor  is  it  alone  the  stutterer   who  is  often  rendered 


SECOND    PERIOD.  109 

unable  to  speak  under  its  influence.     The  most  trivial 

thing  will  often  obstruct  an  elegant  flow  of  language, 

and  overthrow  an  entire  chain  of  thought,  causing  an. 

utter  incapability  of  pronouncing  a  word  at  will ;  as 

instance,  Macbeth : 

*•  But  wherefore  could  I  not  pronounce 
Amen  ?     I  had  most  need  of  blessing ;  and  Amen 
Stuck  in  my  throat ! '  * 

And  here  I  may  state  a  circumstance  very  little 
known,  which  is,  that  some  subjects  stutter  only  ia 
the  presence  of  certain  persons,  wjiile  their  articulation 
is  more  free  in  the  presence  of  others.  When  a 
patient  has  once  stuttered  in  conversing  with  a  cer- 
tain individual,  the  chances  are  that  he  will  do  so  again 
on  a  similar  occasion.  Be  it  from  association  or  other 
causes,  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  the  fact  itself. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

SURGICAL  OPERATIONS. 

JouBERT  {Historical  Researches)  endeavours  to  sho\r 
that  operations  for  defective  utterance  are  not  so  new 
as  is  generally  believed.  'Galen  (200  a. d.)  speaks  of 
the  thickening,  induration,  and  shortening  of  the 
tongue,  as  influencing  articulation,  and  recommends 
cauterisation.  Aetius,  400  years  after  Galen,  also 
speaks  of  tongue-tied  (ancyglossi).  Paul  of  Aegina, 
in  his  Opus  de  re  Med.  advises  the  division  of  the 
ligature. 

In  1608,  Fabricius  Hildanus  operated  upon  his 
little  brother,  who,  at  the  age  of  four  years  could  not 
pronounce  a  word  on  account  of  the  shortness  and 
thickness  of  the  frsenum,  by  which  the  tongue  could 
not  reach  the  teeth  and  the  palate.  Dionis,  in  1672, 
proposed  to  make  two  or  three  small  incisions  in  the 
tongue  of  such  children  who  seem  not  to  articulate 
easily.  All  these  operations  appear,  however,  to  have 
been  confined  to  the  division  of  the  frsenum,  an  opera- 


SURGICAL    OPERATIONS.  Ill 

tion  as  old  as  surgery,  which  has  even  been  perfoi  med 
by  mothers  and  nurses. 

It  was  reserved  for  modern  surgery  to  extend  the 
operations  to  the  muscular  apparatus  of  the  tongue, 
and  DieiFenbach  is  generally  considered  as  the  chief 
authorit}"  for  the  practice. 

DiEiFENBACH  in  his  letter  to  the  French  Academy, 
March  1841,  says:  "The  idea  of  curing  stammering  by 
means  of  an  operation,  first  presented  itself  to  my 
mind  on  being  requested,  by  a  patient  cured  of  strabis- 
mus, to  operate  upon  him  for  defective  utterance. 
My  attention  being  directed  to  the  subject  I  remarked, 
indeed,  that  many  persons  affected  by  strabismus,  had 
at  the  same  time  an  impediment  in  their  speech.  As 
I  was  of  opinion  that  the  derangement  in  the  mecha- 
nism of  articulation  was  caused  by  a  spasmodic  con- 
dition of  the  air  passages,  which  extended  to  the 
lingual  and  facial  muscles,  I  conceived  that,  by  inter- 
rupting the  innervation  in  the  muscular  organs  which 
participate  in  this  abnormal  condition,  I  might  succeed 
in  modifying  or  completely  curing  it."  "^ 

*  Though  there  may  be  cases  in  which  squinting  is  cou- 
comitant  with,  psellism,  they  are  exceptional,  and  have  little 
or  no  relation  to  each  other,  whilst  by  interrupting  the  inner- 
vation, the  respective  parts  are  not  merely  modified,  but 
paralysed  in  their  functions. 


112  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

Amiissat  also  claims  the  honour  of  applying  surgical 
operations  for  the  cure  of  defective  utterance.  In  his 
letter  to  the  French  Academy  (Feb.  1841),  he  writes 
that  he  conceived  his  idea  of  the  method  of  dividing 
the  genio-glossi  as  an  extension  of  the  operation  for 
squinting,  and  that  he  communicated  the  idea  to  Mr. 
Philipps,  when  no  one  at  Paris  knew  that  it  was 
treated  so  in  Germany.  Malebouche,  on  the  other 
hand,  says  that  Mrs.  Leigh  had  advised  it,  and  that  it 
was  acted  upon  years,  before,  in  America. 

Dr.  R.  Froriep  again  {Froriep^s  Notizen,  1841)  con- 
ceived that  the  local  cause  of  stammering  was  the 
retraction  of  the  lingual  muscles  on  one  side  only, 
which  may  be  detected  by  the  form  of  the  tongue  and 
the  neck.  He  therefore  confined  himself  to  dividing 
the  genio-glossus  on  one  side  only,  and  attributed  to 
this  mode  his  own  success,  whilst  the  division  of  both 
these  muscles  by  Bonnet  and  others  led  to  no  certain 
results. 

Whether,  or  not,  Dieffenbach  first  introduced  the 
practice,  certain  it  is  that  the  example  of  so  high  aa 
authority  gave  rise  to  a  host  of  operators,  who  by 
cutting  difierent  ways,  aspired  to  the  honour  of  being 
the  inventors  of  some  new  method.  They  divided  them- 
selves   in    Castes.        Philipp   and  Velpeau  followed 


SURGICAL  OPERATIONS.  113 

DiefFenbacli's  or  the  Gerjnan  method.  Amussat, 
Bonnet,  Petrequin,  and  Robert  in  Marburg,  divided  the 
genio-glossi  and  genio-hyoidei ;  Langenbach  in  Goet- 
tingen,  the  stylo-glossi  and  hyo-glossi,  and  Wolff  the 
nervus  hypo-glossus.  The  English  surgeons  chiefly 
confined  themselves  to  the  excision  of  the  tonsils  and  the 
uvula.  The  greatest  zeal  was  exhibited  in  France,  where 
not  less  than  200  persons  were  operated  upon  within  one 
year.  The  rage  for  operations  spread  to  America, 
where  Dr.  A.  Post  performed  the  first  operation,  May, 
1841,  by  dividing  the  genio-hyo-glossi  near  their 
origin.  Drs.  Mott  and  Parker,  of  the  New  York  Uni" 
versity,  devided  the  genio-hyo-glossi  either  by  the 
knife  or  scissors,  cutting  closely  to  the  symphysis  of  the 
lower  jaw.  In  many  instances  the  patients  seemed 
immediately  to  be  much  benefited,  and  spoke  with, 
fluency.  A  few  hours,  however,  dispelled  the  delu- 
sion, and  they  found  themselves  as  bad  as  ever.  Dr. 
Detmold  passed  needles  through  the  tongue,  and 
the  same  improvement  followed,  but  as  in  the  rest  the 
impediment  returned. 

The  utility  of  these  operations  has  been  deduced 
from  their  successful  application  in  squinting,  wry-neck 
and  clubfoot.  The  premises  were  wrong,  and  the  con- 
clusion false.     In  these  affections  the  evil  is  permanent 


114  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

and  always  associated  with  a  contraction  or  shortening 
of  the  respective  muscles.  Stuttering  is,  on  the  con- 
trary, frequently  temporary  ;  were  it  the  result  of  an 
organic  defect  it  would  be  equally  permanent.  Dieffen- 
bach  found  no  organic  defect  in  sixteen  cases  upon 
which  he  operated,  nor  were  there  any  found  in  forty 
cases  treated  by  Blume.  Since  then,  the  seat  of  stutter- 
ing is  not  in  the  tongue,  it  follows  that  all  operations 
on  that  innocent  organ  are  useless.  No  doubt,  the 
patient  frequently  ceases  stuttering  either  from  the 
shock  upon  the  system,  or  from  his  strong  faith  in  the 
efficacy  of  the  operation ;  but  after  the  wound  is  healed 
up,  he  relapses  into  his  old  habit^. 

Nor  is  it  true  as  asserted  by  some  surgeons,  that 
stuttering  frequently  results  from  an  abnormal  condition 
of  the  tonsils  and  the  uvula,  and  that  the  excision  of 
these  organs  would  relieve  the  impediment.  Tumefac- 
tion of  the  tonsils  exists  in  most  cases,  without  producing 
stuttering,  while  few  stutterers  have  enlarged  tonsils  ; 
nor  if  they  have,  is  it  the  cause  of  the  infirmity.  We 
may,  however,  admit  that  hypertrophied  tonsils,  or  an 

*  Schulthess  cites  a  case  of  a  young  workman,  a  stutterer, 
"whose  arm  was  crushed  by  machinery  so  as  to  require  am- 
putation. He  remained  free  from  stuttering  during  the  time 
the  wound  was  suppurating ;  but  the  infirmity  returned  on 
its  being  healed  up. 


STJRGICAL  OPERATIONS.  115 

abnormal  condition  of  the  tongue,  the  palate,  and  the 
uvula,  may  and  frequently  does  give  rise  to  a  stammer  ; 
that  is  to  a  defective  articulation  of  certain  sounds  ; 
but  never  are  they  the  cause  of  stuttering,  which,  as 
shov/n,  essentially  differs  in  its  origin  and  its  phenomena 
from  stammering.  There  is  then  something  in  a  name, 
i.  e.  in  an  exact  definition  of  these  affections ;  for  from 
the  confusion  of  the  terras  arose  the  confusion  in 
their  treatment. 

Besides  organic  defects,  the  cause  of  stuttering  has 
also  been  attributed  to  the  defective  action  of  the  muscles 
of  speech,  that  is,  either  to  debility  or  to  spasmodic 
action.  Debility  cannot  be  the  cause,  otherwise  age, 
wounds,  issues,  which  weaken  the  muscles,  would 
increase  the  infirmity,  and  not,  as  experience  shows, 
diminish  it.  Debility  may  cause  a  bad  enunciation 
of  individual  sounds,  that  is  stammering,  but  certainly 
not  stuttering.  Nor  is  the  local  spasm  of  the  glottis 
the  proximate  cause  ;  as,  affections  of  the  larynx 
rarely  cause  stuttering.  All  reasoning  on  this  subject 
has  been  in  a  circle,  and  it  might  as  well  have  been 
said  a  man  stutters  because  he  stutters. 

Dr.  Claessen,  a  distinguished  German  surgeon  who 
performed  a  variety  of  operations,  says  {Casper* s 
IVorkenscrift,    1841)     "Although  the  results   of  my 


116  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

experience  would  lose  nothing  by  comparing  them  with. 
those  published,  assuming  them  to  be  strictly  true, 
still  I  am  so  little  satisfied,  that  I  have  undertaken, 
no  operation  of  the  kind  since  June  11th,  though  a 
number  of  afflicted  persons  vehemently  desired  it. 
I  consider  it  my  duty  to  dissuade  all  from  performing 
such  operations,  as  it  is  exceeding  rare  that  the  fault  is 
in  the  action  of  the  muscles,  and  that  the  evil  is  reme- 
died by  dividing  them." 

The  following  is  a  summary  of  surgical  operations 
which  have  been  from  time  to  time  recommended  in: 
various  cases  of  defective  articulation  : — 

1 .  Inability  to  enunciate  the  lingual  r, 

( Transverse  incision  into  the  upper  surface  of  the  forepart  of 
the  tongue.) 

2.  Inability  to  enunciate  the  palatial  r  ov  ch. 
{Incision  into  the  stylo-glossus,  glosso-palatinus,  with  or  toith- 

out  the  excision  of  a  triangular  piece.) 

3.  Excision  of  a  prismatic  or  longitudinal  piece  from 
the  tongue,  if  it  be  too  voluminous. 

4.  Inability  to  pronounce  the  hard  ff,  k,  and  n  g, 
[Division  of  the  genio-glossi  and  the  genio-hyoidei.) 

5.  Imperfect  articulation  of  d,  t,  s,  z,  in  consequence 
of  the  tip  of  the  tongue  not  reaching  the  incisors. 

(Division  of  the  genio-glossi.) 

The  efforts  made  by  my  late  father  to  put  a  stop  to 


SURGICAL  OPEEATIONS.  Il7 

such  operations  in  England,  supported  by  the  unsatis- 
factory results  obtained,  proved  after  a  time  successful, 
so  that  at  last  the  practice  was  discountenanced  by  all 
the  most  eminent  members  of  the  profession.  In  sup- 
port of  which  I  may  quote  the  following  passages  from 
a  leading  medical  journal. 

*'The  sanguinary  operations  which  have  recently  been 
devised  and  executed,  with  the  view  of  curing  stam- 
mering, are  one  of  the  greatest  outrages  upon  modern 
surgery.  Although  some  of  them  had  their  origin 
in  legitimate  motives,  most  we  fear  serve  but  to  show 
Tvhat  ruthless  expedients  will  be  occasionally  resorted 
to  for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  professional  fame, 
however  short-lived,  and  to  what  extent  the  igno- 
rant and  the  credulous  will  become  a  prey  to  craft 
and  subtlety.  If  our  indignation  was  awakened  at  the 
barbarous  cruelties  practised  upon  dumb  animals  for  the 
sake  of  elucidating  the  truth,  of  physiology,  how 
much  more  ought  it  to  be  when  we  consider  the  mul- 
titudes of  our  fellow-beings  who  have^  suffered  them- 
selves to  be  maimed  and  mutilated  at  the  instigation 
of  individuals  more  remarkable  for  their  reckless  use 
of  the  knife  than  for    the    soundness  of   the]  ii^edical 

Br  if.  and  Foreign  Med,  Revieio,  vol,  xii. 


118  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

"  It  is  ascertained  that  persons  who  have  stammered 
in  t])e  highest  degree,  have  been  remarkable  for  the 
perfect  integrity  of  conformation  and  structure  of  all 
the  organs  of  voice  and  speech  ;  while  others  who  have 
laboured  u:pder  a  faulty  or  d.seased  condition  of  these 
organs  have  preserved  their  articulation  unimpaired." 

But  though  it  is  now  comparatively  rare  to  hear  of 
an  operation  of  cutting  out  a  transverse  wedge  from 
the  tongue  in  cases  of  pscllismus,  there  are  still  persons 
who  submit  to  have  their  tonsils  removed  for  thickness 
of  speech,  and  the  uvula  extirpated.  The  whole  subject  of 
operations  of  this  nature  is  ably  handled  hj  Mr.  Harvey,* 
who  says — "  Another  defect  for  which  the  removal  of 
these  bodies  has  been  most  strangely  and  unaccount- 
ably suggested  is  defective  utterance.  Now,  how  such, 
an  expedient  for  removing  that  painful  and  distressing 
condition  could  enter  the  mind  of  anyone  I  cannot  con- 
ceive." That  the  operation  of  taking  off  the  elongated 
nvula  is  also  useless  there  is  ample  proof  given  in  the 
work  from  which  I  have  quoted. 

Enlarged  tonsils  are  often  found  in  young  persons, 
but  they  grow  out  of  it  in  time.  In  proof  of  this  asser- 
tion, I    quote  from  Mr.  Vincent,  who  says — "  I  have 

*  Oil  Excision  of  ih'i  Enlarrjid  Tonsils  audits  Consequences^ 
By  William  Harvey,  Esq.,  F.R.C.S.,  &c.     Eenshaw.  j 


SUHGICAL  OPERATIONS.  119 

seen  very  many  cases  of  enlarged  tonsils,  producing 
the  greatest  annoyance  in  patients  at  fifteen,  which, 
have  gradually  assumed  the  natural  size  by  the  time 
the  subject  arrived  at  maturity.  If  we  consider  the 
great  utility  of  these  glands  in  secreting  a  mucus  of  a 
peculiarly  lubricating  fluid,  so  valuiible  in  the  economy 
of  deglutition,  I  cannot  regard  it  as  a  good  practice  to 
remove  these  parts  so  unsparingly  as  I  have  known.'* 

Experience  has  shown  mc  that  inflamed  tonsils  and 
elongated  uvula  are  often  accompanied  with  stammer- 
ing ;  but  on  that  being  removed,  this  state  generally 
ceases  The  continual  misuse  of  the  organs,  the  vio- 
lent action  of  the  breath,  which  we  often  find  in  stut- 
tering and  stammering,  are  quite  sufficient  causes  to 
produce  this  result,  which  is,  in  most  cases,  only  the 
efiect  of  stammering,  and  according  to  the  admitted 
axiom,  on  the  cause  being  removed  the  effect  wilL 
cease. 


CHAPTER  IX. 

IS  PSELLISM*  A  DISEASE? 

The  plea  so  long  urged  by  medical  authors  that 
psellism  is  a  disease,  and  lies,  therefore,  within  the  pro- 
vince of  medicine,  into  which  no  layman  has  a  right  to 
enter,  is  now  generally  abandoned  ;  and  is  at  present 
only  advanced  by  some  antediluvian  practitioners. 
On  this  point  my  late  father  wrote  thus  : — 
"  I  deny  that  stuttering  is  a  disease.  It  is  an  imper- 
fection occasioned  by  organic,  physical,  or  accidental 
causes — the  want  of  some  proper  regulation  or  use,  and 
not  a  disease — though  the  fruitful  source  of  many  dis- 
eases, some  of  which,  by  re-action,  may  be  confounded 
with  the  original  cause,  such,  for  example,  as  palpita- 
tion of  the  heart,  derangement  of  the  nervous  system 
pulmonary  affections,  all  inducing  constitutional  de- 
bility, both  physical  and  mental,  and  frequently  ending 
in  premature  death.   These  are  the  effects  of  stuttering ; 

*  Psellism  is  here  and  elsewhere  used  as  a  generic  term  for 
impediments  of  speech  in  general. 


IS  PSELLISM  A  DISEASE?  121 

but  therefore  to  call  a  misapplication  of  the  tongue,  the 
jaws,  the  throat,  or  the  breath,  a  disease,  appears  to  me 
a  ridiculous  error." 

It  is  remarkable  that  the  question  whether  stammer- 
ing be  a  disease  has  already  been  discussed  by  the 
Ancients.  Thus  we  find  in  Gellius  that  stuttering  and 
stammering  are  rather  vices  than  diseases,  just  as  a 
biting  and  kicking  horse  is  vicious,  but  not  diseased."^' 

XJlpian  {dig.  tit.)  says,  it  is  asked  whether  the  stam- 
merer, thelisper,  and  such  who  hesitate  in  their  speech, 
and  the  halting,  are  sound  ?  I  am  of  opinion  they 
are.f 

It  may  be  safely  asserted  that  no  idiopathic  stutterer 
"was  ever  cured  by  a  mere  therapeutic  treatment. 
Medice  te  ipsum  cura  !  Physician,  cure  thyself!  Now, 
it  is  a  somewhat  curious  fact,  that  there  are  still  alive 
some  eminent  physicians,  who,  having  been  stutterers, 
wrote  books  on  psellism,  giving  very  learned  reasons  as 
to  the  how  and  why  they  and  others  stuttered,  but 
were  not  delivered  from  their  infirmity  until  they  con- 

*  Balbus  autem  et  atypus  vitiosi  magis  quam  morbosi,  ut 
equus  mordax  aut  calcitro,  vitiosus  non  morbosus  est. 

f  Qaesitum  est  aut  balbus  et  blaesus,  et  atypus  isque  qui 
tardius  loquitur  et  varus  et  vatius  sanus  sit !  Et  opinor  eos 
sanos  esse. 


122  STAMMEKING    AND    STUTTERING. 

descended  to  place  themselves  under  the  care  of  a  lay- 
man, who  had  made  the  subject  his  exclusive  study. 
The  fact  is,  that  unless  a  medical  man  has  for  years 
devoted  all  his  energy  to  the  subject,  and  brings  to  bear 
upon  it  an  ample  knowledge  of  the  various  phases  of 
the  disorder,  founded  upon  rigorous  deduction  and  ex- 
tensive experience,  combined  with  an  intimate  acquain- 
tance with  the  structure  of  language  and  effective  deli- 
very, he  is  but  little  likely  to  benefit  the* stutterer. 

Most  rational  physicians  novf  admit,  that  discipline 
of  the  vocal  and  articulating  organs,  under  an  expe- 
rienced instructor,  is  the  only  means  of  overcoming 
impediments  of  speech. 

But  while  I  deny  that  idiopathic  stuttering  is  an 
actual  disease,  I  admit  that  cases  of  psellism,  do 
occur,  requiring,  in  the  first  instance,  the  aid  of  the 
physician  or  the  surgeon.  When,  for  example,  I  have 
cause  to  presume  that  stammering  is  decidedly  a  sjnnp- 
tom  of  a  primary  affection  in  some  part  of  the  nervous 
centre,  I  never  fail  to  recommend  the  applicant  to  con- 
sult a  respectable  physician.  Again,  if  the  defect  can 
be  clearly  traced  to  defective  organisation,  the  surgeon 
must  be  called  in  to  remedy  it,  if  possible.  Thus,  when 
a  person  has  a  cleft  palate,  science  can  supply  the 
defect  by  an  artificial  palate,  after  which  the  patient 


IS    PSELLISM    A   DISEASE?  123 

still  requires  to  be  instructed  how  to  make  a  proper 
•use  of  the  foreign  organ ;  m  illustration  of  which,  I 
quote  the  following  case  ; — 

"Mr.  D.  P.,  83tat  17,  has  a  genital  fissure  in  the 
palate — articulates  very  imperfectly.  The  sound  of  his 
voice  was  very  unpleasant,  and  many  of  his  words  are 
unintelligible.  Six  months  after  the  operation  Mr.  P. 
had  made  no  improvement  in  his  speech,  when  he  put 
himself  under  the  tuition  of  Mr.  Hunt.  In  the  course 
of  a  few  weeks  an  extraordinary  change  was  effected, 
and  ere  long  the  articulation  was  so  different  that  little 
more  could  be  desired."* 

There  is  a  nervous  affection,  wliich,  in  more  than  one 
of  its  essential  features,  bears  agreat  resemblance  to  some 
sorts  of  psellism,  namely  Chorea^  or  St.  Vitus's  Dance^ 
the  characteristics  of  which  are  a  want  of  control  over 
the  movements  of  the  muscles  of  one  or  more  of  the 
limbs,  the  face,  or  the  trunk.  Like  psellism,  it  usually 
occurs  before  puberty,  and  is  frequently  as  little  under 
the  control  of  medicine  as  the  irregular  motions  of  the 
respiratory  and  articulating  organs  in  defective  utter- 

*  Extracts  from  Observations  on  Cleft  Palate.  By  WilHam 
Ferguson,  Esq.  F.R.S.,  Professor  of  Surgery,  King's  College. 
The  details  of  the  case  are  given  in  Vol,  XVIII  of  the  MedicO' 
Chirurgical  Transactions. 


124  STAMMERING   AND    STUTTERING. 

ance.  Both  increase  or  dimmish  under  nervous  excite- 
ment ;  and  so  apparently  similar  are  these  affections^ 
that  stuttering  has  been  called  a  chorea  of  the  arti- 
culating muscles.  But  it  is  remarkable  that,  from 
some  not  yet  explained  cause,  chorea  seems  to  be 
chiefly  confined  to  the  female  sex,  and  is  now  found  ta 
yield  rather  to  gymnastic  than  to  medical  treatment,  as 
"will  appear  from  the  following  extracts  from  a  French 
periodical. 

"  The  first  who  employed  gymnastics  for  the  cure  of 
St.  Vitus's  Dance  were  the  priests.  The  patients  were 
assembled  after  Mass,  and  made  to  dance  to  sacred 
music,  plaints  were  sung,  which  obliged  them  to  dance 
to  measure.  Becamier  applied  rhythm  jn  [numerous 
convulsive  affections.  He  was  of  opinion  that  if  the 
muscular  motions  could  be  rendered  habitually  regular 
by  alternate  contraction  and  relaxation,  a  cure  might 
be  effected.  For  this  purpose  he  assembled  his  pa- 
tients at  night  at  the  Place  Vendome  and  made  them- 
follow  the  drummers,  beating  the  tattoo.  Any  other 
instrument,  for  instance,  the  metronome,  may  be  em- 
ployed. We  commence  to  make  the  patients  execute 
on  command,  motions  with  one  arm  or  one  leg,  after 
■which  we  proceed  to  combined  movements.  Then 
follow  rapid  movements,  which  are  by  far  the  easiest^ 


IS    FSELLISM    A    DISEASE?  125 

there  being  no  sufficient  interval  for  the  choreic  un- 
certainty to  supervene.  Finally,  we  make  them  exe- 
cute combined  slow  movements.  "^  ^' 

M,  See  reports  that  of  twenty-two  children  treated 
exclusively  by  gymnastics,  eighteen  were  cured  in. 
twenty-nine  days. 

The  results  were  less  satisfactory  when  medicaments 
were  administered.  M.  Blache,  Physician  to  the  Hopital 
des  Enfants,  concludes  his  memoire,  read  before  the 
Academic  de  Medecine,  as  follows  : — 1.  That  no  treat- 
ment is  so  efficacious  in  chorea  as  the  gymnastic,  whe- 
ther applied  alone,  or  in  combination  with  the  sulphur 
bath.  2.  That  the  former  can  be  employed  in  every 
case,  whilst  other  remedies  are  frequently  counter- 
indicated.  3.  That  in  the  gymnastic  treatment  amelio- 
ration becomes  apparent  during  the  first  few  days.  4. 
That  whilst  the  disorder  disappears  the  constitution, 
generally  is  greatly  benefited."^* 

Thus  it  would  appear  that  even  in  those  cases,  when 
stammering  or  stuttering  either  results  from,  or  co- 
exists with  chorea,  systematic  exercise  of  the  various 
organs,  judiciously  applied,  will  not  only  cure  the 
stammer  and  the  primary  affection,  but  will  greatly 
improve  the  constitution.     It  has  ever  formed  part  of 

*  Archives  gen.  de  Medecine,  1854, 


126  STAMMERING   AND    STUTTERING. 

my  system  to  combine  oral  instruction  with  the  practical 
training  of  all  the  organs,  directly  or  indirectly  concerned 
in  the  production  of  sound  and  speech,  by  means  of 
appropriate  gymnastic  exercise  calculated  to  streng- 
then the  respective  organs,  and  to  bring  them  under 
the  control  of  the  pupil ;  and  I  have  the  satisfaction  of 
knowing  that  few  have  left  my  establishment  without 
great  improvement  in  their  general  health. 

On  this  point  I  also  quote  the  following,  extracted 
from  the  Irr-ationale  of  Speech  : — "A  stammerer's  life 
is  (unless  he  be  a  very  clod)  a  life  of  misery,  growing 
with  this  growth,  and  deepening  as  his  knowledge  of 
life,  and  his  aspirations  deepen.  One  comfort  he  has, 
truly — that  the  said  life  is  not  likely  to  be  a  long  one. 
Some  readers  may  smile  at  this  assertion.  Let  them 
think  for  themselves.  How  many  old  people  have  they 
ever  heard  stammer  ?  I  have  known  but  two.  One  is 
a  very  slight  case ;  the  other  a  very  severe  one.  He, 
a  man  of  fortune,  dragged  on  a  painful  and  pitiable 
existence — nervous,  decrepid,  effeminate,  asthmatic — 
kept  alive  by  continual  nursing.  Had  he  been  a 
labouring  man,  he  would  have  died  thirty  years  sooner 
than  he  did. 

*'  The  cause  is  simple  enough.    Continued  depression 
of  spirits  wears  out  body  as  well  as  mind.     The  lungs. 


IS    PSELLISM    A    DISEASE  ?  127' 

never  acting  rightly,  never  oxygenate  the  blood  suffi- 
ciently. The  vital  energy,  (whatever  that  may  be)  con- 
tinually directed  to  ti.e  organs  of  speech,  and  used  up 
there  in  the  miserable  spasms  of  misarticulation,  can- 
not feed  the  rest  of  the  body  :  and  the  man  too  often 
beco/nes  pale,  thin,  flaccid,  with  contracted  chest,  loose- 
ribs,  and  bad  digestion.  I  have  seen  a  stammering  boy- 
of  twelve  stunted,  thin  as  a  ghost,  and  with  every  sign 
of  approaching  consumption.  I  have  seen  that  boy,  a 
few  months  after  being  cured,  upright,  ruddy,  stout, 
eating  heartily,  and  beginning  to  grow  faster  than  he 
had  ever  grown  in  his  life.  I  never  knew  a  single 
case  of  cure  in  which  the  health  did  not  begin  to  im- 
prove there  and  then." 

The  intimate  relations  of  body  and  mind,  and  their 
mutual  dependance  upon  each  other,  are  constantly 
manifested  in  the  phenomena  of  utterance.  Thus  in 
many  cases  the  infirmity  is  increased  or  diminished, 
according  to  the  impaired  or  healthy  state  of  the  di- 
gestive and  other  functions.  If  it  cannot  be  denied  that 
nervousness  may  produce  stammering  or  stuttering ; 
it  is  not  less  true  that  stuttering  will  produce  ner- 
vousness, and  perhaps,  in  the  course  of  time,  organic 
disease.  In  such  cases  the  cure  of  stuttering  will  tend 
to  re-establish  health.     I  have  known  it  arrest   the 


128  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

progress  of  pulmonary  disease,  while  in  every  case,  its 
removal  has  had  the  effect  of  calming  and  invigorating 
the  whole  system. 

The  action  on  the  young  is  in  some  cases  very  marked, 
often  stopping  the  growth.*'  I  have  known  youths 
after  the  cure  to  grow  two  inches  in  three  months 
which  is  to  be  accounted  for  by  the  nourishment  acting 
now  in  a  natural  manner  on  the  system,  which  before 
was  unduly  appropriated  to  the  support  of  the  misused 
organs. 

*  "  We  have  some  reason  to  believe  that  the  formative 
power  of  the  tissues  themselves  may  be  diminished,  so  as  to 
check  the  process  of  nutrition,  even  when  the  plastic  material 
is  supplied  ;  and  a  diminution  of  it  in  that  irritable  state  of 
the  system  which  results  from  excessive  and  prolonged  bodily 
exertion,  or  anxiety  of  mind."  Carpenter's  Huma7i  Physiology, 


CHAPTER  X. 

SYSTEM  OF  THE  LATE  MR.  HIINT,   AND 
PRACTICE  OF  THE  AUTHOR. 

There  exists,  perliaj^s,  a  well  founded  prejudice 
against  secret  remedies.  We  may,  iu  the  abstract, 
admit  that  a  person  in  full  possession  of  a  remedy- 
tending  to  relieve  any  of  the  ills  incidental  to  the 
human  frame  is  morallv  bound  to  divulEre  it,  and  to 
look  for  a  reward  in  his  own  conscience  ;  even  although 
a  professional  man's  experience  may  be  his  stock  in. 
trade. 

But  is  it  not  absurd  to]talk  of  the  secrcsy  of  a  system, 
which  has  now  been  in  active  operation  for  many  years, 
and  must  consequently  be  known  to  many  hundreds,  if 
not  thousands  ?  The  secret  is  in  the  application  of  the 
system,  and  not  in  the  system  itself. 

Let  us  take  a  case  in  point,  though  the  greatest  pre- 
cautions were  taken  to  keep  the  construction  of  the 
"  Armstrong  gun"  a  secret,  its  structure  is  well  known- 

I 


130  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING.* 

and  duly  commented  upon  in  various  periodicals.  The 
real  secret  of  it,  however,  though  it  may  be  divulged, 
cannot  be  easily  communicated,  for  it  consists  in  the 
employment  of  superior  tools,  in  the  skill  of  the  work- 
men, and  in  the  ingenious  mode  of  combination  requisite 
for  a  variety  of  purposes. 

The  secret  of  my  system  is  experience ;  it  nei- 
ther consists  in  an  operation,  in  a  charra,  or  a  potion; 
its  name  is  legion,  according  to  the  legion  of  shades 
which  the  calamity  exhibits  ;  for  there  is  no  affection, 
which  is  so  capricious,  and  so  much  defies  correct 
description.  I  believe  there  is  no  one  term  which  pre- 
sents such  extremes  of  differences,  both  in  degree,  and 
in  kind  as  the  word  stammering,  used  in  a  compre- 
hensive sense.  Even  if  there  were,  in  this  system, 
an  uniform  system  of  rules,  it  would  not  be  applicable 
to  all  cases,  as  there  are  no  two  persons  who  are 
physically  and  mentally  constituted  alike. 

The  stammer  or  stutter  of  one  never  exactly  resem- 
bles that  of  another.  Each  case  has  its  peculiar  symp- 
toms and  a  physiognomy  of  its  own.  Simple  of  aj)pli- 
cation  as  my  system  is  in  one  case,  it  is  intricate  and 
complicated  in  another.  But  were  it  even  possible  to 
describe  all  the  minutiae  of  a  mode  of  treatment  adapted 
to  all  imaginable  cases,  it  would  be  useless,  if  not  pro- 


PRACTICE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  131 

ductive  of  mischief,  unless  the  individual  who  applies 
it  has  qualified  himself  for  the  task  by  an  extended 
practical  experience. 

All  that  I  ever  pretended  to,  was  to  have  rigidly 
followed  in  the  footsteps  of  my  late  father,  who,  by  un- 
shackling himself  from  preconceived  theories,  and  by 
taking  nature  as  his  guide,  has  established  the  basis  of 
a  method  which  has  now  stood  the  test  of  time,  and 
the  soundness  of  which  becomes  more  and  more  con- 
firmed by  our  daily  increasing  knowledge  of  the  struc- 
ture and  functions  of  the  vocal  and  articulating 
apparatus. 

The  eminent  writer  before  quoted  gives  his  valuable 
opinion  on  this  point  in  the  following  words  :  — 

"  There  is  no  secret  in  Mr.  Hunt's  '  system,'  except 
in  as  far  as  all  natural  processes  are  a  secret  to  those 
who  do  not  care  to  find  them  out.  Any  one  who  will 
examine  for  himself  how  he  speaks  plainl)%  and  how  his 
stammering  neighbour  does  not,  may  cure  him,  as  Mr- 
Hunt  did,  and  "  Conquer  Nature  by  obeying  her,"  but 
lie  will  not  do  it.  He  must  give  a  lifetime  to  the  work, 
as  he  must  to  any  work  which  he  wishes  to  do  well. 
And  he  had  far  better  leave  the  work  to  the  few  (when 
I  say  few,  I  know  none  but  my  friend.  Dr.  James  Hunt) 
who  have  made  it  their  ergon  and  differential  energy 


132  yXAMMEPvIXG    AXD    STUTTEEI^^G. 

throughout  life.  Still  less  'svill  those  succeed  who,. 
haviiig  got  hold  of  a  few  of  old  2slv.  Hunt's  rules,  fancy 
that  they  know  his  secret.  Old  3.1r.  Hunt's  secret  v,-as, 
a  shrewd  English  brain,  backed  by  ball-dog  English, 
det  'rmination,  to  judge  from  the  remarkable  bust  of 
him  which  exists,  and  which  would  have  made  him  do 
many  other  things,  had  he  chosen,  besides  curing  stam- 
meriug.  And  the  man  who  tries  to  trade  on  his  con- 
clusions, vv'ithout  possessing  his  faculty,  or  having 
worked  through  his  experiments,  will  be  like  hiin  who 
should  try  to  operate  in  the  hospital  theatre,  after  cram- 
ming np  a  book  on  anatomy,  or  throw  himself  into  a 
pond  after  hearing  a  lecture  on  swimming.  He  will 
apply  his  rules  in  the  wrong  order,  and  to  the  wrong 
cases  ;  he  will  be  puzzled  by  a  set  of  unexpected  and 
unclassified  symptoms,  and  be  infallibly  v/rong  in  his 
dia.^nosis. 

"  For  instance,  put  tvro  men  before  a  second-bund  pre- 
tender of  this  kind  ;  one  of  whom  (to  give  a  common 
instance)  stammers  from  a  full  lung,  the  other  fro:n  an 
empty  one.  Each  requires  to  be  started  on  a  diircrent 
method,  and  he  will  most  probably  (unconscious  of  the 
difference  between  theai)  try  the  same  nietliod  for 
both ;  while  if  the  empty-lunged  man  have  a  hard, 
round  chest,  and  the  full-lunged  man  have  a  soft  and 


PRACTICE    OF    THE    AITTHOll.  IBS' 

flat  one,  lie  will  never  find  out  whicli  is  which.  The 
matter  is  a  study  by  itself;  and  had  Dr.  James  Hunt, 
in  his  book,  told  all  he  knew  of  the  methods  of  cure, 
lie  would  not  have  injured  himself  one  whit — except  in 
as  far  as  he  might  have  raised  up  a  set  of  quae'is  whe- 
ther medical  or  other,  trading  on  his  name,  and  bring- 
ing him  into  disrepute  by  their  failures. "•>■* 

Having  devoted  myself  to  a  special  branch  of 
physiology,  and  witnessed  the  fruits  of  thirty  yenrs' 
experience  in  my  father's  and  my  own  practice,  I  feel 
now  that  it  is  my  duty  to  carry  out  the  system  in  a 
manner  which  shall  compass  the  greatest  amount  of  prac- 
tical good.  As  already  stated,  my  teaching  interferes 
neither  with  th.e  practice  of  the  physician  or  surgeon. 
I  pretend  to  nothing  more  than  the  employment  of 
instruction  and  reason  to  remedy,  in  the  vast  maj  ;rity 
of  cases,  these  painful  impediments  which  constitute 
not  only  a  barrier  to  the  common  intercourse  and 
enjoyments  of  life,  but  to  individual  advancement  in 
any  class  of  professional  or  social  pursuit. 

This  brings  me  to  the  consideration  of  the  benefit 
that  has  been  and  may  be  derived  from  the  perusal  of 
"books  professing  to  lay  down  definite  rules  for  the 
cure  of  psellism,  from  whatever  cause  or  causes  it  may 
have  arisen.  Persons  who  have  not  duly  reflected  on 
*  Frase7''s  Magazine ,  July,  1859. 


134  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

the  subject,  and  ignorant  that  psellism  does  not  arise 
from  one  but  many  causes,  have  felt  disappointed  that 
I  have  not  given  minute  instructions  for  the  removal 
of  each  individual  defect. 

In  my  Manual  of  the  Philosophy  of  Voice  and  Speech^ 
and  in  this,  and  former  treatises,  I  have  given  abun- 
dant general  rules  in  relation  to  the  cultivation  of  the 
voice  and  the  regulation  of  respiratory  action,  the 
observance  of  which  will  prevent  stuttering.  By  study- 
ing these  rules,  an  intelligent  person  possessing  tenacity 
of  purpose  and  self-control,  may  succeed  in  freeing 
himself  in  certain  cases  from  his  defect.  But  wliere 
there  are  severe  faults  of  articulation,  confirmed  by 
long  habit,  the  mere  perusal  of  written  rules  and  their 
application  in  attempts  at  a  self-cure,  will  not  only  fail 
but  actually  increase  the  disorder,  rendering  it  more 
complicated  by  the  contraction  of  other  bad  habits. 
I  know  from  experience  that  the  great  majority  of 
sufferers,  who  have  applied  to  me  for  relief,  had  pre- 
viously read  and  tried  the  multifarious  plans  recom- 
mended by  a  great  variety  of  authors,  and  I  had  always 
greater  trouble  in  curing  these,  compared  with  sucb. 
who  were  free  from  any  preconceived  theory.  The 
common  saying  "  a  man  who  is  his  own  doctor  has  a 
fool  f)r  his  patient"  applies  equally  to  the  stutterer. 


PRACTICE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  135 

Nothing  is  more  certain  than  that  in  inveterate  and 
severe  cases  of  stuttering,  the  patients  require  for  a 
certain  period,  the  constant  aid  of  an  experienced 
teacher,  who,  having  traced  the  cause  of  the  evil, 
adapts  the  treatment  accordingly.  The  main  thing  is 
to  form  a  correct  diagnosis  ;  but  this  can  only  be  ac- 
quired by  long  practice.  The  distinctive  marks  are 
frequently  so  blended  that  the  superficial  observer  may 
consider  two  cases  as  identical  which  have  scarcely  any 
analogy  to  each  other,  and  require  an  essentially 
diiFerent  treatment. 

It  has  ever  been  a  fundamental  error  to  assert  that 
there  is  but  one  cause  which  produces  the  various 
degrees  of  stammering  and  stuttering,  and  consequently 
one  remedy  to  be  applied.  The  result  has  shown  that 
all  systems,  which  have  been  propounded  on  such  a 
narrow  basis,  have  been  rendered  comparatively  use- 
less. On  the  other  hand,  there  is  perhaps  no  affliction 
to  which  the  human  frame  is  liable,  which  has  been 
attempted  to  be  cured  in  so  many  different  ways. 

The  famous  pebbles  of  Demosthenes  ;  a  bullet  in  the 
mouth  ;  a  roll  of  linen  under  the  tongue  ;  the  fork 
of  Itard  ;  the  hride-langue  of  Colombat ;  the  whale- 
bone of  Malebouche ;  the  stick  behind  the  back ; 
intoning ;    speaking  through  the  nose ;    talking  with 


136  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTEEING. 

the  teeth  closed ;  all  these  have  been  successively  ad- 
vised aivl  applied  to  remedy  fiiults  which  existed  only 
in  the  ir.ip.gination  of  the  advisers.  And  if  they  pro- 
duced any  effect  it  consisted  frequently  in  creating  new 
defects.  One  thing  is  certain,  that  nearly  every  one 
of  these  contrivances  seemed  to  loose  its  eificacy  as 
soon  as  the  secret  was  divulged. 

The  following  is  written  by  one  who,  having  tried 
nearly  every  system  in  his  own  person,  is  well  able  to 
estimate  the  comparative  value  of  the  general  principles 
upon  vfhich  my  treatment  is  based  :  — 

"  The  elder  Hunt's  '  System, '  as  he  called  it,  is  a 
Tery  pretty  instance  of  sound  inductive  method  hit  on 
by  simple  patience  and  common  sense.  He  first  tried 
to  find  out  how  people  stammered  ;  and  for  this  pur- 
pose had  to  find  out  how  people  spoke  plain — to  com- 
pare the  normal  with  the  abnormal  use  of  the  organs. 
But  this  involved  finding  out  what  the  organs  used 
were,  a  matter  little  understood  thirty  years  ago  ])y 
scientific  men,  still  less  by  Hunt,  v*'ho  had  only  a 
Cambridge  education,  and  mother  wit  to  help  him. 
However,  he  found  out ;  and  therewith  found  out,  by 
patient  comparing  of  health  with  unliealtli,  a  fact 
which  seems  to  have  escaped  all  before'  him — that  the 
abuse  neither  of  the  ton<:rue  nor  anv  other  sin":le  orii-au 


PKACTiCE    OF    THE    AUTIIOK.  ioT 

is  tlie  cause  of  stammering — that  the  whole  malady  is 
so  complicated  that  it  is  very  difficult  to  perceive  what 
organs  are  ab;ised  at  any  given  nioiaent — quite  im- 
possible to  discover  what  organ  first  v/ent  wrong,  and 
set  the  rest  wrong.  For  nature,  in  the  perpetual  strug- 
gle to  return  to  a  goal  to  which  she  knows  not  the  path, 
is  ever  trying  to  correct  oue  morbid  action  by  another ; 
and  to  expel  vice  by  vice  ;  ever  trying  fresh  experiments 
of  mis-speaking,  and  failing,  alas  !  in  all ;  so  that  the 
stammerer  may  take  very  diJaerent  forms  from  year  to 
year  ;  and  the  boy  who  began  to  stammer  with  the  lip 
ma}^  go  on  to  stammer  with  the  tongue,  then  with  the 
jaw,  and  last,  and  worst  of  all,  with  the  breath ;  and 
in  after  life,  try  to  rid  himself  of  one  abuse  by  trying 
in  alternation  all  the  other  three.  To  these  four  abuses 
— of  the  lips,  of  the  tongue,  of  the  jaw,  and  of  the 
breath — old  Mr.  Hunt  reduced  his  puzzling  mass  of 
morbid  phenomena  ;  and  I  for  one  believe  his  division 
to  be  sound  and  exhaustive.  He  saw,  too,  soon,  that 
stammering  was  no  organic  disease,  but  simply  the  loss 
of  a  habit  (always  unconscious)  of  articulation ;  and 
his  notion  of  his  work  was  naturally,  and  without  dodge 
or  trick,  to  teach  the  patient  to  speak  consciously,  as 
other  men  spoke  unconsciously. "••' 

*  Irrationale  of  SjJoech. 


138  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTEKING. 


Treatment. 

Before  determining  upon  the  treatment  to  be  adopted, 
i  make  it  a  point  to  inquire  whether  any  relatives  of 
the  patient  labour  under  the  same  infirmity,  and  whe- 
ther he  stammers  in  singing.  After  a  careful  exami- 
nation of  the  buccal  cavity,  and  inducing  the  patient  to 
move  his  tongue  in  every  possible  direction,  I  ask  a 
few  questions,  and  desire  him  to  read  passages  of  poetry 
and  prose,  in  order  to  observe  whether  his  difficulty 
lies  in  the  enunciation  of  the  lingual,  labial,  or  gut- 
tural sounds,  and  also  to  see  what  mannerism  or  tricks 
have  been  acquired.  The  motions  of  the  lower  jaw, 
the  elevation  and  depression  of  the  larynx,  the  rhythm 
of  the  respiratory  organs  during  enunciation,  and  the 
action  of  the  heart,  require  particular  attention  before 
w;  are  enabled  to  form  a  correct  diagnosis.  The  con- 
stitution, age,  sex,  the  duration  of  the  infirmity, 
the  original  cause  of  the  defect,  the  mental  disposition 
and  moral  habits  of  the  patient,  must  all  be  taken 
into  consideration  before  the  treatment  can  be  decided 


upon. 

If  no  oiganic  defect  can  be  detected,  it  will,  in  most 
cases,  be  found,  that  the  infirmity  is  simply  owing  to  the 


TKACTICE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  139 

misuse  of  one  or  more  organs  which  are  employed  either 
with  too  much  force,  or  not  used  at  all ;  the  necessary- 
result  of  which  is  disharmony  between  vocalisation  and 
articulation — the  chief  source  of  stuttering.  Articula 
tion  may  be  normal,  and  vocalisation  defective,  and  vice 
versa.  To  establish  the  requisite  harmony  between  all 
organs  concerned  is  the  object  to  be  aimed  at. 

If  the  question  be  asked,  how  it  can  be  ascertained 
that  the  infirmity  is  not  the  result  of  defective  organi- 
sation, the  answer  is,  by  first  inspecting  the  respective 
organs  as  far  as  we  may  be  able;  for  such  an  examination 
mostly  extends  only  to  the  organs  contained  in  the 
buccal  cavity."^'  But  the  actual  proof  that  there  exists 
no  organic  disease,  is  obtained  by  placing  the  patient, 
tinder  certain  new  conditions,  and  observing  whether  his 
speech  becomes  more  free.  Does  the  patient  both 
stammer  and  stutter?  Does  he  stammer  or  stutter 
while  singing  or  reciting?  Is  his  articulation  more 
distinct  when  reading  alone,  or  talking    to  himself? 

*  Professor  Czermack  of  Pesth,  has  recently  given  at  Paris 
some  demonstrations  with,  his  laryngo-scope,  which  is  very 
likely  an  improvement  of  a  contrivance  employed  years  ago 
by  Garcia.  The  surgeon  introduces,  with  great  care  below 
the  uvula,  a  little  mirror,  the  back  of  which  is  in  contact  with 
the  uvula,  so  that  the  larynx  may  be  completely  seen. 
Whether  any  new  light  will  thereby  be  thrown  on  the 
action  of  the  larynx  remains  to  be  seen. 


140  sta.m:>ieuixg  and  stutteiiikg. 

What  are  his  most  difncult  letters  of  the  alphabet? 
Is  the  disorder  intermittent  or  permanent  ?  Now 
whenever  we  find  defective  utterance  yielding  to- 
altered  circumstances,  Ave  may  fairl}'  take  for  granted 
that  the  structure  of  the  organs  has  notliing  to  do 
v.'ith  the  impediment,  for  actual  organic  disease  is 
known  by  the  permanence  of  its  symptoms,  so  that  the 
subject  ought  then  to  stammer  or  stutter  under  all 
circumstances. 


Psych  ica  I  Trea  tm  en  t. 

It  is  admitted  that  the  exciting  cause  of  speech  is 
in  the  mind,  so  that  perfect  idiots  are  mute  from  the 
absence  of  the  intellectual  stimulant.  The  mind  is 
thus  the  m.aster  of  speech,  and  through  it  alone  can 
we  act  on  the  organs  necessary  for  the  process  of 
articulation.  When  we  lose  our  control  over  the 
mind,  v/e  have  none  over  the  bodily  organs  under  its 
influence,  and  an  improper  action  is  the  result. 

Novr  most  of  the  methods  recommended  have  that 
in  common,  that  they  leave  the  psychical  element 
nearly  out  of  sight,  being  almost  exclusively  directed 
to  the  action  of  the  vocal  and  articulating  organs,  and 
are  thus  wanting  one  of  the  most  important  means  for 


PRACTICE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  141 

ultimate  success.  It  is  impossible  to  lay  down  any 
precise  rules  in  regard  to  the  psychical  treatment  of 
tlie  stutterer,  for  it  is  clear  that  it  must  be  adapted, 
not  merely  to  the  intellectual  and  moral  capacity,  but 
also  to  the  temperament  of  the  patient.  The  sanguine, 
the  phleg-.natic.  the  choleric,  and  the  nervous  stutterer, 
require  each,  the  application  of  a  different  method. 
Tho  great  object,  however,  in  all  cases  is  to  impart  to 
the  patient  mental  tranquillity  and  self-control.  When 
that  is  effected  much  has  been  gained,  and  unfil  it  is 
attained,  physical  and  mechanical  means  prove  bat  of 
small  beuefit. 

In  illustration  of  the  power  of  tlio  mind  over  tbe 
body  with  regard  to  stuttering,  not  owing  to  organic 
defects,  I  may  state  the  following  fi\ct  from  amongst 
•many  of  a  sunilar  nature.  One  of  my  pupils,  a  talented 
clergyman,  before  coming  to  me,  haci  occasion  to 
deliver  a  sermon — a  task  which,  under  the  circum- 
stances— being  afflicted  with  a  severe  impediment  of 
speech — he  would  much  rather  have  avoided.  Per- 
ceiving at  the  very  outset,  that  the  peculiarity  of  his 
enunciation  caused  an  unseemly  merriment  among 
his  congregation,  his  feelings  were  roused  to  such  a 
pitch,  that  he  inwardly  vowed  to  give  them  no  further 
cause  for  it,   and  he  fully  succeeded ;  for  he  went  on 


142  STAMMEHING   AND    STUTTEHING. 

with  his  discourse  to  the  end  without  once  faltering 
But  the  excitement  proved  too  much  for  him  ;  the 
concentration  of  mental  energy  was,  as  usual,  followed 
by  reaction,  and  he  felt  utterly  prostrate  for  several 
days,  and  stuttered  fearfully  until  he  placed  himself 
under  my  tuition.  Since  I  have  acquainted  him  with 
the  causes  of  his  impediment,  and  having,  by  practice 
brought  his  rebellious  organs  under  control,  he  feels 
not  more  surprised  at  the  simplicity  of  the  means  by 
which  he  obtained  this  command,  than  at  the  circum- 
stance, that  with  all  his  reading  and  talents  he  did  not 
himself  discover  so  obvious  a  remedy. 

Stammerers  and  stutterers  are  frequently  looked 
upon  as  a  careless,  petulant,  and  indolent  class— a  set 
of  imbeciles — than  which  nothing  can  generally  be 
more  erroneous.  That  the  temper  of  many  such 
sufferers  has  been  sour'd  by  continued  annoyances ; 
that  some  exhibit  signs  of  indolence  which  convey  the 
impression  of  stupidity  is  true,  but  this  is  no  more 
than  would  occur  under  the  same  circumstances  to 
any  other  persons.  Often  have  I  found  excellent 
qualities  of  head  and  heart  thus  obscured;  but  the 
cause  being  removed,  and  sufficient  time  allowed  for 
the  sufferer  to  regain  his  bodily  health  and  mental 
vigour,  he,  no  longer  restrained  by  his  infirmity,  not 


PRACTICE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  143 

only  frequently  equals,  but  rises  superior  to  his  unfet- 
tered companions.  We  behold  him  now  speaking 
with  fluency  and  pleasure  in  society  where  formerly 
he  could  not  utter  a  sentence.  I  may  illustrate  this 
by  the  following  case — 

A  young  gentleman,  the  son  of  a  dignitary  of  the 
Church  of  England,  labouring  under  d  severe  impedi- 
ment of  speech,  became  a  pupil  of  my  late  father. 
Being  of  a  persevering  character,  he  not  only,  in  due 
time,  conquered  the  impediment,  but  actually  acquired 
such  a  command  over  his  organs,  that  he,  shortly 
after,  carried  off  the  prize  as  the  best  reader  of  his  year, 
as  scholar  of  Trinity  College,  Cambridge. 

There  was,  therefore,  in  this  case  (by  no  means  an 
unusual  one)  not  only  a  blemish  removed,  but  a  beauty 
created  where  previously  deformity  existed.  This 
result,  though  scarcely  expected,  is  natural  enough ; 
for  a  stutterer  who  has  gone  through  a  systematic 
course  must,  if  perfectly  cured,  generally  be  a  better 
reader  and  speaker  than  are  usually  met  with,  inas- 
much as  the  very  discipline,  requisite  to  overcome 
impediments  in  speech,  leads  simultaneously  to  correct 
reading,  and  fluent,  and  ready  delivery. 

It  frequently  happens  that  the  cure  of  psellism 
brings    out    latent    capabilities,   which   might    have 


144  STAMMEKI^'G    AKD    STUTTEEIJTG. 

remained  dormant  had  they  not  been  roused  by  the 
removal  of  the  cause  which  concealed  them.  It  is 
no  uncommon  occurrence  to  find  a  fine  voice,  and 
many  other  qualifications  for  oratory,  hidden  under  a 
distressing  delivery.  Under  appropriate  treatment, 
the  enemy  is  not  only  vanquished,  but  his  post  advan- 
tageously occupied ;  weakness  yields  the  place  to 
strength,  and  strength  establishes  the  foundation  of 
excellence. 

The  ascertained  cause  of  the  impediment  should  be 
explained  to  the  pupil,  for  few,  if  any,  stutterers  are 
aware  of  the  reason  vv^hy  they  have  a  difficulty  of 
utterance.  Vocalisation  and  articulation  are  intuitively 
acquired  in  infancy  ;  but  the  mode  and  the  cause  of 
their  production  is  unknown  even  to  man3'  adults. 
*  No\y  it  is  not  exactly  requisite  minutely  to  explain 
to  the  stutterer  the  individual  and  collectivo  action 
of  all  the  organs  concerned.  This  would  defeat  our 
very  purpose  ;  for  finding  it  so  complicate  a  mechanism 
it  would  but  increase  his  apprehension  tbat  he  could 
ever  obtain  the  mastery  over  it.  But  it  is  necessary  to 
point  out  to  the  patient,  in  the  first  place,  the  manner  in 
which  voice  is  produced,  and  articulation  effected,  and 
the  ostensible  reason  why  he  has  a  difficulty  in  speech. 
He  must  be  made  to  concentrate  his  attention  to   the 


PRACTICE    OF    THE    AUTHOR.  145 

main  source  of  his  impediment,  whether  the  fault  be 
in  the  action  of  the  respiratory,  vocal,  or  articulating 
apparatus.  By  these  means  the  mind  of  the  patient 
is  acted  upon,  scepticism  and  mistrust  is  removed, 
confidence  is  established,  and  the  subject  is  inspired 
with  the  hope  that  he  may  ultimately  recover  his 
fluency  of  speech. 


CHAPTER  XI. 


HANAGEMENT  OF  STUTTERING  CHILDREN,  ETC.. 

During  the  reign  of  terror  in  our  educational  es- 
tablishments, when  learning  and  morality  were  beaten 
into  the  reluctant  minds  of  the  rising  generation,  it  was 
but  natural  that  the  application  of  the  rod  was  con- 
sidered an  effective  means  to  cure  psellism.  I  am 
therefore  not  surprised  to  find  that  even  the  great 
Joseph  Frank  recommends,  in  his  Practice  of  Medicine^ 
cuffs  and  kicks  as  proper  remedies  in  certain  cases  of 
impediments.  But  though  the  flogging  system  has  in 
recent  times  lost  caste,  the  treatment  of  stammering 
and  stuttering  children  is  still  very  irrational. 

Some  severity  may  be  advisable  in  those  cases  when 
the  infirmity  is  presumed  to  be  mimicked  either  for  fun, 
or  for  deception.  It  is,  however,  not  so  easy  for  persons 
unacquainted  with  the  various  causes  and  symptoms  ta 


MANAGEMENT    OF    CHILDEEN.  14T 

detect  the  difFerence  between  real  or  pretended  stam- 
mering, and  many  children  really  afflicted  have  been 
treated  with  great  injustice  on  that  account.  A  sus- 
ceptible, timid  child,  constantly  in  awe  of  an  ignorant 
parent,  or  a  brutal  master,  may  be  made  to  stutter  by 
«ruel  treatment.  I  cannot,  therefore,  but  fully  concur  ia 
the  following  forcible  remarks,  merely  adding  that  the 
fundamental  principle  of  all  rational  education — suaviter 
in  mocio,  for  tiler  171  re — is  a  fortiori  applicable  to  the 
cure  of  stammering. 

*'  And  here  I  say  boldly  that  the  stupidity  and  cruelty 
with  which  stammering  children  are  too  often  treated,. 
is  enough  to  rouse  indignation.  They  are  told,  "  You 
can  help  it  if  you  like  !'  As  if  they  knew  how  to  help 
it.  They  are  asked,  "  Why  cannot  you  speak  like 
other  people  ?  "  As  if  it  were  not  torture  enough  ta- 
see  other  people  speaking  as  they  cannot ;  to  see  the 
rest  of  the  world  walking  smoothly  along  a  road  which 
they  cannot  find,  and  are  laughed  at  for  not  ^finding  ; 
while  those  who  walk  proudly  along  cannot  tell  them 
how  they  keep  on  it.  They  are  even  told,  "You  do 
it  on  purpose !'  As  if  they  were  not  writhing  with 
shame  every  time  they  open  their  mouths.  All  this 
begets  in  the  stammerer  a  habit  of  secresy,  of  feeling 
himself  cut  off  from  his  kindred ;   of  brooding  over  his 


148  STAMMERING    AND    STUTTERING. 

thoughts,  of  fancying  himself  under  a  mysterious  curse, 
which  sometimes  (as  I  have  known  it  do)  tempts  him 
to  actual  suicide  ;  sometimes  (as  I  have  known  it  co) 
seems  the  possession  of  a  demon.  If  it  proceeded  from 
an  organic  defect,  a  deformity,  he  would  know  that  he 
could  not  dance.  If  he  was  blind  he  would  not  ex- 
pect to  see.  But  when  he  knows  there  is  no  deformity, 
that  his  organs  are  just  as  perfect  as  other  people's, 
the  very  seeming  causelessness  of  the  malady  makes- 
it  utterly  intolerable."*^ 

Whether  it  be  from  inattention,  or  from  inability  of 
distinguishing  between  the  difficulty  of  enunciating 
certain  syllables  and  words  in  early  infancy,  and  actual 
psellism,  it  is  certain  that  the  first  inclination  to  stam- 
mer is  little  noticed,  and  that  it  is  only  about  the 
period  of  the  second  dentition  that  the  attention  of  the 
parents  is  fairly  roused.  The  hope  which  many  parents 
entertain  that  the  affection  may  spontaneously  decline, 
is,  unless  it  proceeds  from  a  transitory  disorder,  rarely 
realised.  The  defect,  on  the  contrary,  commonly  in- 
creases with  approaching  puberty,  and  sometimes  be- 
comes then  developed  in  its  worst  form. 

Parents,   therefore,  cannot  too  often  be  reminded, 
that  the  proper  time  for  seeking  the  aid   of  an  expe- 

*  Irrationale  of  Speech^ 


MANAGEMENT  OF  CHILDREN.  149* 

rienced  practitioner  is  the  period  when  the  infirmity 
first  manifests  itself,  when  the  evil  may  be  more  easily 
removed,  while  the  cure  becomes  more  difficult  and 
tedious,  when  indistinct  articulation  has  become 
habitual. 

One  of  the  causes  of  defective  articulation,  which 
has  scarcely  been  noticed,  is  the  foolish  manner  in 
which  children  are  talked  to  by  ignorant  nurses  and 
fond  mothers ;  to  which  must  be  added  the  careless  and 
faulty  manner  in  which  they  are  taught  to  speak  and 
read.  It  is  scarcely  necessary  to  remark  that  parents 
cannot  be  too  careful  to  select  nurses  and  teachers  free 
from  any  defect  of  speech. 

The  celebrated  Dr.  Priestley,  who  laboured  under  an 
impediment  of  speech,  was  conscientious  enough  to 
retire  from  his  profession  of  a  teacher,  as  he  well  knew 
how  contagious,  if  we  may  use  the  term,  stuttering  is. 
In  Priestley's  time  the  nature  of  the  infirmity  was  but 
little  understood,  and  he  abandoned  all  hope  of  being 
relieved  of  his  impediment. 

Elocution, 
I  do  not  intend  entering  here  upon  any  discussion 
as  to  the  value  of  elocution  as  a  branch  of  elementary 
education.     I  have  done  so  elsewhere  (see  Philosophj 


150  STAMMEHING   AND    STUTTERING. 

of  Voice  and  Speech) ;  but  this  much  I  may  observe, 
that  there  have  been,  and  there  are  elocutionists  under 
-whose  instructions  great  advantages  may  be  acquired. 
But  unfortunately  such  men  are  sometimes  called  in  to 
correct  inveterate  errors,  instead  of  instituting  ele- 
mentary principles  at  the  outset,  before  the  contraction 
of  bad  habits.  Elocution,  as  now  understood,  seems 
only  a  method  of  varnishing  the  voice,  and  of  teaching 
the  imitation  of  some  particular  style  or  rhythmical 
mode  of  speaking  and  reading  ;  no  wonder  that  the 
study  of  elocution  has  fallen  into  disrepute.  Properly 
to  develop  the  vocal  and  articulating  organs,  we  must 
be  guided  by  some  fixed  principles,  with  which  the 
majority  of  those  who  teach  children  to  read  are  totally 
unacquainted.  The  same  may  be  said  of  many  who 
style  themselves  elocutionists. 

Relapses.  The  French  and  German  commissions, 
which  examined  the  patients  presented  before  them, 
-after  having  undergone  the  treatment  employed  by 
their  respective  tutors,  pronounced  most  of  them  per- 
fectly cured  of  their  infirmity.  Yet  it  is  certain  that 
many  of  these,  after  a  shorter  or  longer  period  of  time, 
relapsed  into  their  old  habit.  The  questions,  therefore, 
arose  w^hether  a  radical  cure  be  at  all  possible,  or 
whether  the  systems  employed  were  in  fault.     Now,  I 


MANGEMENT  OF  CHILDREN.  151 

will  not  attempt  to  deny  that  similar  cases,  though  not 
to  any  extent,  have  occurred  in  my  own  practice.  But 
when  it  is  considered  that  the  old  habit,  which  perhaps 
has  existed  for  years,  is  still  strong,  and  can,  especially  in 
inveterate  cases,  be  only  controlled  by  constant  attention 
to  the  rules  for  harmonising  the  motions  of  the  articu- 
lative  organs  with  the  vocal  and  respiratory  functions, 
it  is  wonderful  that  the  relapses  are  not  more  frequent. 

The  few — for  I  venture  to  say  not  one  in  ten  of 
my  pupils  have  experienced  relapses — have  candidly 
imputed  it  to  their  own  carelessness,  and  not  to  the 
system  ;  for  what  was  possible  once  must  be  possible 
again.  In  some  cases  circumstances  prevented  the 
pupil  from  going  through  the  whole  requisite  discipline. 
Others,  again,  are  too  sanguine,  and  consider  themselves 
perfectly  cured  on  having  acquired  a  certain  fluency  of 
utterance,  while  in  some,  the  constant  fear  of  relapsing 
is  the  cause  of  its  actual  occurrence. 

Mr.  Malebouche  says  that  his  experience  was,  "That 
those  cures  which  are  the  most  quickly  effected  are  the 
least  durable  ;  "  I  have  certainly  found  a  tendency  to 
the  same  reeult;  but  by  due  caution,  such  a  rule  has 
been  by  no  means  general. 

I  fully  agree  with  Mr.  Malebouche,  however,  vv'hen 
-he  says,  "  That  it  is  important  to  concentrate  the  mind 


152  STAMMEKING    AND    STUTTERING. 

exclusively  upon  the  object  to  be  obtained  by  tbe- 
treatment.  Children,  and  that  class  of  men  of  the  world 
who  are  accustomed  to  descant  upon  and  discuss  every- 
thing without  ever  concluding  upon  anything,  are 
incapable  of  this  concentration  of  the  attention,  and 
for  that  reason  are  difficult  to  cure." 

To  effect  a  perfect  cure,  it  is  absolulely  necessary  to 
appeal  to  the  reason,  and  arouse  the  will  to  a  vigilant 
control  over  all  the  voluntary  nerves  and  muscles. 
When  pupils  are  too  indolent  or  too  careless  to  exercise 
this  control,  the  cure  becomes  very  difficult  and  un- 
certain. 

One  principal  reason,  however,  of  failure,  has  justly 
been  observed  by  Dr.  Warren,  an  eminent  physician  of 
the  United  States,  to  be  that  teachers  require  too  little 
time ;  and  consequently  many  of  the  cures  are  not  perma- 
nent. A  habit  tliat  has  been  confirmed  by  years  cannot 
1)6  eradicated  in  a  very  short  time.  This  remark  as  to 
the  length  of  time  required  for  the  cure  of  children 
applies  still  more  forcibly  to  the  case  of  adults.  The 
more  confirmed  the  habit,  the  more  complicated  it  is, 
and  the  longer  the  time  requisite  for  its  eradication.  In 
regard  to  the  discipline  of  the  organs,  an  experienced 
instructor  is  of  the  utmost  importance.     The  advice 


MANAGEMENT  OF  CHILDREN.  153 

which  Dr.  Warren  gives  to  parents  is  so  judicious  that 
I  cannot  refrain  from  quoting  it. 

"  Seek  out  a  person  who  has  experience  in  the  treat- 
ment of  impediments  of  speech.  Pkce  him  under  his 
care,  and  if  he  is  benefited,  do  not  remove  him,  and 
think  to  perfect  the  cure  vourseL'^.  Three  months  is  a 
Tery  short  time  for  him  to  remain  under  the  superinten- 
dence of  an  instructor  ;  six  months  is  better,  and  where 
it  is  practicable,  he  should  remain  a  year.  If  this  inter- 
feres with  other  studies,  it  is  of  no  consequence  ;  he 
will  derive  benefit  enough  to  compensate  for  the  loss. 
The  age  I  should  fix  upon  for  the  trial  should  be  from 
eight  to  twelve.  At  this  period  the  loss  of  a  year's 
study  may  be  a  gain.  If  he  meets  there  others  who 
are  afi"ected  as  he  is,  it  is  all  the  better ;  he  will  no 
longer  look  upon  his  case  as  a  peculiar  one  ;  and  if  he 
sees  others  whose  impediments  are  worse  than  his,  it 
\vill  give  him  additional  courage." 

This  is  very  true,  for  very  sensitive  pupils  are  apt  to 
doubt  themselves,  and  fail  in  consequence  of  want  of 
confidence.  But  when  they  observe  the  successful 
eflfects  of  the  system  in  which  they  are  to  be  instructed, 
the  conviction  is  forced  upon  their  minds  that  they 
need  only  follow  the  same  course  to  reap  the  same 
benefit. 


154  STAMMERING   AND    STUTTERING. 

Concluding  Remarks, 

As  the  subjects  are  frequently  young  persons  with, 
irritable  nerves,  or  extremely  shy  and  bashful,  it  is,  in 
most  cases,  requisite  that  they  should,  for  a  given  time, 
be  withdrawn  from  certain  home  influences — too  often 
the  exciting  causes  of  psellism  in  its  various  forms. 

When  defective  articulation  is  the  result  or  the  con 
comitant  of  debility,  whether  congenital  or  acquired,  a 
permanent  cure  can  in  such  cases  be  only  effected  by 
placing  the  pupil  under  such  favourable  circumstances, 
that  whilst  the  organs  concerned  undergo  the  requisite 
training,  their  healthy  action  may  be  restored  and  sus- 
tained by  the  invigoration  of  the  whole  frame. 

The  number  of  apparently  intractable  cases,  vvhick 
yielded  to  treatment  during  my  annual  temporary  so- 
journ on  the  coast,  have  convinced  me  of  the  great 
value  of  a  country  and  marine  residence  as  an  adjuvant 
in  many  cases,  dependhig  upon  affections  of  the 
vocal  and  respiratory  apparatus.  In  order,  there- 
fore, fully  to  carry  out  my  system,  I  have  formed  a 
permanent  establishment"^'  for  the  treatment  of  defective 
articulation,  which  enables  me  to  afford  residential 
accommodation  to  a  limited  number  of  pupils. 

*  Ore  House,  near  Hastings. 


MANAGEMENT  OF  CHII/DKEN.  155^ 

The  advantages  offered  by  the  locality  selected, 
considere^d  one  of  the  most  salubrious  spots  in  Sussex, 
are  sufficiently  obvious.  The  house  commands  exten- 
sive land  and  sea  views ;  the  air  is  pure  and  bracing, 
and  the  environs  offer  all  requisites  for  health  and 
recreation. 

Physical  training,  generally  so  much  neglected,  re- 
ceives due  attention,  and  all  means  are  resorted  to  for 
producing  bodily  vigour.  The  cultivation  of  the  in- 
tellect and  the  inculcation  of  moral  habits  is  not  less 
carefully  attended  to. 

As,  independent  of  any  impediment,  many  find  it  a 
difficult  task  extemporaneously  to  address  an  assem- 
bly, it  forms  a  prominent  feature  in  the  plan  of  in- 
struction to  afford  to  the  pupils  constant  opportunities 
to  read,  debate,  and  speak  on  various  subjects  before 
others,  the  frequent  practice  of  which  being  abso- 
lutely requisite  to  overcome  the  natural  diffidence,  and. 
to  restore  a  feeling  of  confidence  and  self-reliance. 


APPENDIX  A. 


Abridged  Notice  of  the  Life  of  the  late  Thomas  Hunt. 

The  late  Tliomas  Hunt  was  born  in  Dorsetshire,  in  1802" 
His    progenitors   and   family    were  connected    with    the. 
Chnrch  of  England,  and  he  was  educated  at  Winchester, 
and  Trinity  College,  Cambridge,  with  a  view  to  a  similar 
provision  in  holy  orders. 

While  at  Cambridge,  Mr.  Hunt's  attention  was,  by  the 
affliction  of  a  fellow-student,  forcibly  drawn  to  the  investi- 
gation of  the  causes  which  produce  stammering — a  disorder 
then  held  to  be  incurable.  Havmg,  by  various  successfully 
treated  cases,  satisfied  himself  that  he  had  discovered  a 
rational  system  for  the  cure  of  tliis  infirmity,  he  left  college 
with  the  determination  of  devoting  himseK  to  that  pursuit, 
which  soon  became  the  engrossing  business  of  his  life. 

An  extended  provincial  tour,  undertaken  to  enlarge  his 
experience,  only  confirmed  his  opinion  as  to  the  real  nature 
of  the  disorder,  and  the  most  appropriate  remedies  for  its 
removal. 

One  of  the  earliest  proofs  of  his  provincial  success,  is 
vouched  for  by  Sir  John  Forbes. 

*'Mr.  Hunt  was  kind  enough  to  give  a  lesson  in  my 
presence  to  Thomas  Miles  (a  patient  in  the  Chichester 
Infirmary),  a  poor  man  who  has  been  affected  with  stammer- 


158  APPENDIX. 

ing,  in  a  very  high  degree,  from  his  infancy.  And  from  the 
unreserved  exposition  of  his  principles  on  that  occasion,  as 
well  as  from  the  remarkaWe  improvement  (amounting  almost 
to  a  complete  cure)  produced  by  this  single  lesson,  I  am  of 
opinion  that  Mr.  Hunt's  method  will  be  successful  in  nearly 
every  case  of  stammering  not  depending  on  any  organic 
defect,  provided  the  requisite  degree  of  attention  is  paid  by 
the  pupil." 

John  Forbes,  M.D." 
"  Chichester,  April  12,  1828." 

Thus  fortified  by  the  happy  results  of  his  labours  in  all 
parts  of  the  country,  Mr.  Hunt  finally  resolved  to  settle  in 
the  metropolis,  where  at  first  he  experienced,  to  the  full,  all 
the  difficulties  which  usually  attend  the  estabhshment  of  a 
new  theory.  In  spite  of  all  obstacles,  however,  Mr.  Hunt's 
system  gradually  rose  in  public  estimation,  and  the  evidence 
of  its  merits  became  too  convincing  to  be  withstood.  The 
greatest  surgeon  of  the  day,  the  late  Mr.  Kobert  Liston, 
stepped  before  the  public,  and  not  only  raised  his  voice 
against  any  further  mutilations,  but  evinced  his  admiratioir 
of  the  simplicity  and  efficacy  of  Mr.  Hunt's  system,  by  re- 
commending to  medical  and  other  students  to  avail  them- 
selves of  Mr.  Hunt's  tuition.  Those  only  who  know  how 
scrupulously  chary  that  eminent  surgeon  was  to  give  the 
sanction  of  his  name  to  aught,  either  professional  or  general, 
which  he  could  not  conscientiously  approve,  can  estimate 
the  paramomit  importance  of  such  aid. 

*'  I  have,  with  much  pleasure,  witnessed  Mr.  Hunt's 
process  for  the  removal  of  stammering.  It  is  founded  on 
correct  physiological  principles,  is  simple,  efficacious,  and 
unattended  by  pain  or  inconvenience.  Several  young 
persons  have,  in  my  presence,  been  brought  to  him  for  the 


APPENDIX.  159 

first  time  ;  some  of  them  could  not  utter  a  sentence,  how^ 
ever  short,  without  hesitation  and  frightful  contortion  of 
the  features.  In  less  than  half  an  hour,  by  following  Mr. 
Hunt's  instructions,  they  have  been  able  to  speak  and  to 
read  continuously,  long  passages  without  difl&culty.  Some 
of  these  individuals  had  previously  been  subjected  to  painful 
and  unwarrantable  incisions,  and  had  been  left  with  their 
palates  horribly  mutilated,  hesitating  in  their  speech,  and 
stuttering  as  before." 

"  Egbert  Liston." 
"  5,  Clifford  Street,  March  1,  1842." 

About  this  time  it  curiously  happened  that  Francis,  when 
he  shot  at  Her  Majesty,  was  witnessed  by  Pearson,  and  had 
he  been  able  to  give  the  alarm,  the  danger  might  have  been 
averted. 

The  Times,  of  June  25,  1842,  remarks,  "  It  will  be  re- 
collected  that  a  lad,  named  Pearson,  one  of  the  persons  who 
-witnessed  the  treasonable  attempt  upon  the  Queen's  life  on 
the  Sunday  afternoon,  was  afflicted  with  so  inveterate  a 
habit  of  stammering  as  to  be  unable  even  to  give  an  alarm. 
He  has,  we  are  informed,  by  means  of  a  new  process  of  cure, 
obtained  the  power  of  perfect  articulation  ;  the  hesitation, 
■which  before  rendered  him  scarcely  intelligible,  even  when 
not  excited,  having  entirely  disappeared." 

So  completely  does  the  valued  opinion  of  Kobert  Cham- 
bers,* represent  the  facts  of  the  case,  that  I  quote  the 
greater  portion  of  this  article. 

"  I  have  been  taken  by  a  friend  to  see  stammering  cured 
by  Mr.  Hunt.  Though  a  matter  in  which  a  patrimonial 
interest  is  concerned,  I  feel  tempted,  by  the  interesting 
nature  of  what  I  saw,  to  make  public  allusion  to  Mr.  Hunt's 

*  Chambers'  Edinburgh  Journal,  April  10,  1847. 


160  APPENDIX. 

system.  Two  young  men  were  in  attendance,  "botli  grievously- 
afflicted  with  stammering,  and  both  new  cases.  One  was 
asked  to  sit  down,  and  Mr.  Hunt  then  addressed  a  few 
questions  to  him,  on  which  he  made  the  usual  wretched 
attempts  to  answer.  This  young  man  had  no  recollection  of 
ever  speaking  fluently.  His  attempts  to  read  were  equally 
miserable  failures.  Mr.  Hunt  then  explained  to  him,  in 
simple  terms,  the  physiological  and  moral  causes  of  staimner- 
ing,  and  gave  him  a  few  very  intelligible  directions  for 
the  regulation-  of  the  mouth,  tongue,  respiration,  and  the 
part  of  the  chest  to  speak  from.  The  youth  was  soon  able 
to  pronounce  sentences,  and  also  to  read  with  considerable 
readiness.  The  other  youth  was  then  put  through  a  similar 
series  of  lessons,  and  in  an  equally  short  time  the  compara- 
tively perfect  use  of  the  organs  was  attained  in  his  case. 
On  a  subsequent  visit,  I  saw  a  girl  who  stammered  and 
hesitated  in  an  extraordinary  manner,  restored  to  a  common 
style  of  speech  in  less  than  twenty  minutes.  These,  how- 
ever, are  not  cures.  A  complete  victory  over  the  bad  habit 
can  only  be  the  work  of  time.  There  is  no  mystery  what- 
ever in  the  plan.  It  is  merely  replacing  nature  upon  her 
pivot,  from  which  accident  or  bad  habit  had  thrown  her. 
What  the  instructor  does  is  but  a  small  part  of  the  cure. 
The  greater  part  is  the  work  of  the  pupil,  fully  obeying  the 
rules,  and  persevering  in  them,  till  a  new  habit  has  been 
acquired.  Most  persons,  I  conceive,  would  not  be  safe  from 
a  relapse  under  carelessness  for  many  months,  and  indi- 
viduals of  weak  will  might  fail  altogether. 

*  *  *  * 

"  The  exhibition  is  a  most  interesting  one,  creating  that 
peculiar  satisfactory  feeling  which  we  experience  when  the 
triumph  of  nature  over  error  is  asserted.  Yet,  as  if  to  make 
good  the  rule  that  all  benefits  to  humanity  must  come 


MEMOIK.  161 

•througli  the  sufferings  of  individuals,  Mr.  Hunt  has  been 
subjec'ed  to  persecution  on  account  of  his  practice.  It  was 
discovered  that  stammering  ought  to  be  regarded  as  a 
disease,  and  therefore  treated  only  by  qualified  medical 
men  ;  on  this  ground  Mr,  Hunt  was  publicly  denounced  as 
a  quack.  It  would  be  as  reasonable  to  demand  that  a 
dancing-master,  who  substitutes  graceful  for  av/kward  walk- 
ing, or  an  elocutionist,  who  extirpates  patois  from  the  tones 
of  the  voice,  should  have  a  medical  diploma.  A  beautiful 
thing  it  would  be,  indeed,  for  the  resolver  of  this  difficulty 
to  go  to  a  faculty  altogether  ignorant  of  the  subject,  aud 
study  their  mysteries,  which  have  nothing  to  do  with  it, 
and  niue-tenths  of  which  are  now  under  a  strong  suspicion 
of  being  mere  delusion,  before  he  could  be  allowed  to  make 
use  of  an  invention  of  his  own,  the  benefits  of  which  are 
palpable." 

The  following  is  from  the  pen  of  a  writer  of  high  reputa- 
tion, viz  : — Mr.  John  Forster,  of  the  Exainiaer,  the  well 
Icnown  biographer,  of  Goldsmith.* 

"  A  prospectus  is  before  us,  issued  by  Mr.  Hunt,  on  the 
subject  of  impediments  of  speech,  and  the  possibility  of  their- 
-easy  and  certain  removal,  without  any  kind  of  siu-gical  in- 
tervention, which  we  think  of  sufficient  interest  to  bring 
binder  notice  in  this  place.  Struck  by  the  announcement, 
and  by  a  remark  of  the  late  Mr.  Liston,  among  the  testi- 
monials quoted,  we  have  sought  and  obtained  an  opportunity 
of  witnessing  the  process  adopted  by  Mr.  Hunt.  We  have 
110  hesitation  in  expressing  a  most  favourable  opinion  of  Mr. 
Hunt's  process.  Based  upon  clear  and  intelligible  principles 
it  has  the  merit  of  singular  simplicity.  Mr.  Hunt  explain 
to  his  pupils  the  anatomical  o-initraction  of  the  organs  by 

*  From  the  Examiner,  of  March  2,  1830. 


162  APPENDIX   A. 

which  the  voice  is  produced,  points  out  the  different  causes 
■of  stuttering,  and  teaches  how  an  easy  utterance  may  "be 
obtained  by  removal  of  the  cause  that  obstructs  it  in  the 
particular  case.  There  is  nothing  difficult  to  understand,  or 
that  the  least  intelligent  may  not  readily  seize,  and  instantly 
act  upon.  When  we  can  discover  what  has  induced  a  habit 
contrary  to  nature,  we  are  surprised  to  see  how  easily  nature 
xesuines  what  she  might  seem  so  completely  to  have  lost. 
Whether  or  not  she  may  be  able  to  keep  it  depends  on  other 
considerations.  In  the  case  we  had  the  pleasure  to  see  tried, 
a  young  man,  whose  unavailing  attempts  to  read  a  line  of 
verse  had  been  quite  frightful  to  witness,  was  enabled  by 
something  less  than  an  hours  instruction,  to  read  the  whole 
of  *  Gray's  Elegy '  with  tolerable  ease.  Nor  had  we  the  least 
■doubt  that  perseverance  in  the  instructions  given  would 
-eventually  make  the  cure  complete.  But  that  this  perseve- 
rance would  be  necessary,  even  to  the  point  of  incessant  and 
uninterrupted  practice  for  a  very  considerable  time,  we 
thought  not  less  clear.  Ha*bit  must  be  conquered  by  habit. 
With  this  proviso  of  hearty  and  laborious  co-operation  on  the 
sufferer's  own  side,  we  believe  that  a  very  ingenious  and, 
intellient  gentleman  has  really  discovered  an  efficacious  cure 
for  a  most  distressing  defect,  and  we  are  happy  to  take 
this  o]3portunity  of  saying  so." 

The  number  of  pupils  whom  my  father  had  relieved  at  last 
became  very  numerous,  and  many  were  anxious  to  express 
their  gratitude  to  the  benefactor  who  had  rescued  them  from 
what  must  always  have  been  a  barrier  to  their  success  in. 
life.  From  various  notices  which  appeared  at  the  time,  the 
following  is  extracted  from  the  Literary  Gazette^  February 
24,  1849. 

*'  The  cure  of  stammering  by  Mr.  Hunt  has  so  often  com- 
manded our  special  consideration,  that  we  are  gratified  to 


3IEM0IR.  163^ 

find  the  success  of  his  simple  and  efficacious  system  (ahnost 
without  a  failure,  as  we  have  witnessed  for  a  number  of 
years)  is  in  the  course  of  being  marked  by  a  public  testimo- 
nial from  a  grateful  band  of  the  pupils  he  has  taught  to 
relieve  themselves  from  these  painful  embarrassments,  and 
enabled  to  take  very  different  position  in  life  from  those 
which  such  impediments  imposed." 

This  gratifying  tribute  is  an  excellent  likeness,  and  affec- 
tionately prized  by  his  family  and  friends,  and  is  a  lasting 
memorial  of  his  services  to  his  fellow  creatures.  It  is  thus 
recorded  in  the  Catalogue  of  the  Exhihition  of  the  Royal 
Academy  for  1849. 

"  No.  1336.  Marble  bust  of  Thomas  Hunt,  Esq.,  author 
of  the  system  for  the  Cure  of  Stammering.  Subscribed  for, 
and  presented  to  him,  by  his  pupils,  in  testimony  of  his 
services  during  a  period  of  twenty-two  years. 

"  Joseph  Durham." 

Ardently  pursuing  his  task,  !Mr.  Hunt,  at  the  close  of  his 
London  sojourn,  in  1851,  left  for  Dorsetshire,  when 
alas !  in  the  midst  of  health  and  joyous  expectations,  the 
strong  man  was  struck  down,  and  suddenly  removed  from 
his  sphere  of  usefulness,  as  is  recorded  in  the  subjoined 
obituary. 

*'  Obituary  of  Eminent  Persons,"  in  the  Illustrated  London 
News,  August  23,  1851. 

"  Thomas  Hunt. — After  one  week  of  severe  illness,  died 
at  Godlingstone,  near  Swanage,  on  Monday  last,  the  18th 
inst.,  Thomas  Hunt,  Esq.,  so  long  and  so  justly  held  in  high 
esteem  for  his  skill  in  the  cure  of  stammering.  During 
some  twenty-five  years  of  Mr.  Hunt's  practice,  a  great 
number  have  been  benefited  by  his  care,  and  very  many 


164  APPENDIX    A. 

have  to  be  grateful  to  him  for  rescuing  tlieii:i,  not  only 
from  the  mortification  and  distress  of  a  painfnl  disorder  (for 
sucli  it  is),  but  for  rendering  them  eligible  to  undertake 
hig])er  stations  in  trade,  the  army  and  navy,  all  the  liberal 
professions,  and  even  in  the  legislature.  His  system  v/as 
simply  to  teach  the  sufferers,  by  the  plainest  common-sense 
direction,  the  means  of  restoring  nature  to  its  functions. 
M'hich  Avere  perverted  and  counteracted  by  evil  habits,  or 
the  curious  infection  of  involuntary  imitation.  Mr.  Hunt 
held,  and  truly  held,  that  not  one  case  in  fifty  was  the  con- 
sequence of  deficient  or  mal-organization  ;  and  he  sternly 
and  perseveringly  eschewed  tlie  knife.  In  many  cases  the 
effect  of  a  single  lesson  was  so  remarkable  as  to  appear  like 
magic,  converting  the  convulsive  stutterer  from  distressing 
tinintelligibility  into  freedom  of  voice,  distinctness  of  utter- 
ance, and  correctness  of  pronunciation.  Tlie  pupils  and  the 
wdtnesses  of  such  an  hours'  change  were  alike  astonished  by 
the  obvious  process,  which  only  required  a  degree  of  mode- 
rate attention  to  confirm  for  ever. 

*'  Mr.  Hunt  vras  of  a  good  Dorsetshire  family,  many  of 
whom  were  connected  Avith  the  Church.  He  was  educated 
ftt  Cambridge,  but  circun^.stances  led  to  his  choice  of  farming 
instead  of  taking  degrees.  His  devotedness  to  his  one  great 
pursuit  did  not  prevent  him  from  cultivating,  as  a  distin- 
guished agriculturist,  a  large  farm  in  Dorsetshire,  where  he 
was  as  much  respected  in  that  sphere  as  he  was  generally 
esteemed  for  his  peculiar  talent  in  v/hat  may  bo  termed 
j)rofessional  life.  A  widow  and  fcvmily  of  eight  children  are 
left  to  lament  his  loss." 

An  extract  fr.m  the  speech  of  the  Right  Hon.  the  Earl 
of  C;rliile,  1'I.Gt.,  at  the  General  i\nniversary  Meeting  of 
the  riuyal  Society  of  Literature,  1852,  also  records  the  sam«. 

anelancholy  event. 


MEMO  I';.  IT)  5 

"•"The  Society,"  said  liis  LorJslii}-,  ihc  president,  ''  lias  lost 
^luring  the  year,  Mr.  Thomas  IltHit,  who,  e  liicated  at  Ciim- 
bridge,  and  intended  for  the  Church,  found  himself  com- 
pelled to  devote  the  energies  of  his  whole  life,  it'  not  to  a 
very  aspiring,  at  least  to  a  most  considerate  aim  of  benevo- 
lence— the  relief  of  the  distress  occasioned  by  stannueriug. 
1  learn,  from  authority  of  high  professional  eminence,  as 
well  as  from  the  attachment  of  his  personal  friends,  that  his 
mode  of  treatment  was  attended  with  the  most  distinguished 
success,  and  that  to  the  poor  especially  he  was  signally 
liberal  and  kind  as  an  instructor." 

Mr.  Hunt's  death  appeared  to  be  the  signal  for  the  revival 
of  competition  in  the  walk  he  had  occupied,  to  the  exclusioa 
of  the  advocates  for  surgical  operations  and  pretenders.  The 
notorious  and  the  obscure  rushed  forvrard,  and  anonymous 
books,  pamphlets,  and  advertisements  ajDpealed  to  the  public, 
with  every  assertion  of  infallibility.  The  public  was  thus 
speedily  besieged  by  a  corps  of  resolute  curers  of  stammering, 
■widely  differing  from  each  other  as  to  the  nature  of  the 
affection.  But  if  there  be  v.-isdom  in  the  multiplicity  of 
judges,  there  is  distraction  in  the  nmltiplieity  of  counsellors. 
Some,  mere  teachers  of  languages,  fancied  themselves  able 
10  coj.e  v/ith  the  sometimes  intricate  causes  which  produce 
ihii:  alleotion  ;  others  not  nearly  so  qualified  were  still  more 
Irretentions. 

"  On  his  death  a  host  of  pretenders^  sprang  up,  all,  of 
■course,  professing  his  system ;  and  all,  as  far  as  I  have  ever 
heard  (an  1  Heaven  knows  I  have  had  cause  to  hear  CDough), 
lailing,  and  ducking  under  again  into  their  native  mud. 

"  One  man,  a  Weslej^an  deacon,  or  some  such  functionaiy, 
used  old  Jtlr.  Hunt's  testimonials,  boldly  announced  himself 
his  successor,  and  received,  without  a  word  of  explanation, 
inquirers  and  pupils  who  came  to  seek  him. 


166  APPENDIX    A. 

"This  was  a  'pretty  sharp  state  of  business,'  as  our 
transatlantic  brethren  say ;  and  one  is  puzzled  to  guess 
-whether  (and  if  so  in  what  terms)  he  related  his  '  experi- 
ences and  exercises '  on  the  subject  to  his  class  leaders  or 
other  father- confessors.  But  probably  he  had  arrived  at 
that  state  of  sinless  perfection,  boasted  of  by  some  of  his 
sect,  in  which  such  legal  and  carnal  distinctions  as  honesty 
and  dishonesty  vanish  before  the  spiritual  illuminations  of 
the  utterly  renewed  man.  Whether  he  practises  now  or 
not,  I  neither  know  nor  care.  I  suppose  he  has  gone  the 
way  of  other  pretenders."* 

*Fraser*s  Magazine,  July,  1859. 


APPENDIX  B. 


Hints  to  Stammerers.* 


The  following  advice  to  stutterers  and  stammerers  is  so 
-valuable  that  I  have  thought  it  advisable  to  print  the  extract 
entire, 

'•'•  And  now  one  word  as  to  Dr.  Hunt,  son  of  the  Avorthy 
old  Dorsetshire  gentleman,  the  author  of  the  book  mentioned 
at  the  liead  of  this  article.  I  could  say  very  much  in  his 
praise  w^iich  he  would  not  care  to  have  said,  or  the  readers 
of  Fraser  to  hear.  But  as  to  his  power  of  curing  the  average 
of  stammerers,  I  can  and  do  say  this — that  1  never  have  yet 
seen  him  fail  where  as  much  attention  was  given  as  a  school- 
"boy  gives  to  his  lessons.  Of  course  the  very  condition 
of  the  cure — the  conscious  use  of  the  organs  of  speech — 
makes  it  depend  on  the  power  of  self -observation,  on  the 
attention,  on  the  determination,  on  the  general  intellectual 
power,  in  fact,  of  the  patient  ;  and  a  stupid  or  volatile  lad 
will  give  weary  work.  Yet  I  never  have  seen  even  such 
go  away  unrelieved.  For  nature,  plastic  and  kind,  slips 
i^illingly  into  the  new  and  yet  original  groove,  and  becomes 
■what  she  was  meant  all  along  to  be  ;  and  though  to  be  con- 
scious of  the  cause  of  every  articulate  sound  which  is  made, 

*  Extracted  from  an  article  entitled  *'  The  Irrationale  of 
Speech,  by  a  Minute  Philosopher,  C.K."  being  a  review  of 
the  author's  work,  "  A  Manual  of  the  Philosophy  of  Voice- 
and  Speech,"  and  "The  Unspeakable,  or  Life  and  Adventures- 
of  a  Stammerer,"     See  Fraser' s  Magazine^  for  July,  1859. 


168  APPENDIX    B. 

■even  in  a  short  sentence,  is  a  physical  impossibility,  yet  a 
general  watchfulness  and  attention  to  certain  broad  rules 
■enable  her,  as  she  always  is  inclined  to  do,  to  do  right  on  the 
whole.  For  after  all,  right  is  pleasanter  than  wrong,  and 
health  more  natural  than  disease ;  and  the  proper  use  of 
iiny  organ,  when  once  the  habit  is  established,  being  in 
liarmony  with  that  of  all  other  organs,  and  with  the  whole 
universe  itself,  slips  on  noiselessly,  it  knows  not  how,  and 
the  old  bad  habit  of  years  dies  out  in  a  month,  like  the  tricks 
which  a  child  learns  one  day  to  forget  the  next." 

"  But,  over  and  above  what  Mr.  Hunt  or  any  other  man. 
can  teach  ;  stammerers,  and  those  who  have  been  stam- 
merers need  above  all  men  to  keep  up  that  mentem  sanam  m 
corpore  sa7w,  ^vhich  is  now-a-days  called  somewhat  offen- 
sively, muscular  Christianity — a  term  worthy  of  a  puling- 
and  enervated  generation  of  thinkers,  who  prove  their  own 
imhealthiness  by  their  contemptuous  surprise  at  any  praise 
of  that  health  which  ought  to  be  the  normal  condition  of 
the  whole  human  race." 

"But  whosoever  can  afford  an  enervated  body  and  an  abject 
character,  the  stammerer  cannot.  With  him  it  is  a  questioa 
of  life  and  death.  He  must  make  a  man  of  himself,  or  bd 
liable  to  his  tormentor  to  the  last." 

"Let  him,  therefore,  eschew  all  base  perturbations  of  mind ; 
all  cowardice,  servility,  meanness,  vanity,  and  hankering  after 
admiration  ;  for  these  all  will  make  many  a  man,  by  a  just 
judgment,  stammer  on  the  spot.  Let  him,  for  the  same 
reason,  eschew  all  anger,  peevishness,  haste,  even  pardonable 
eagerness.  In  a  word,  let  him  eschew  the  root  of  all  evil, 
selfishness  and  self-seeking ;  for  he  will  surely  find  that 
Avhensoever  he  begins  thinking  about  himself,  then  is  the 
dumb  devil  of  stammering  at  his  elbow.  Let  him  eschew, 
too,    all   superstition,    whether  of  that  abject  kind  ^vhiclL 


HINTS  TO  STAMMEKEKS.  169 

fancies  that  it  can  please  God  by  a  starved  body  and  a 
hang-do«:  visage,  which  pretends  to  be  afraid  to  look  man- 
kind in  the  face,  or  of  that  more  openly  self-couceited  kind 
whicli  upsets  the  balance  of  the  reason  by  hysterical  raptureri 
and  self -glorifying  assumptions.  Let  him  eschew  lastly,  all 
which  can  weaken  either  nerves  of  digestion  ;  all  sexual: 
excesvses,  all  intemperance  in  drink  or  in  food,  whether  gross 
or  efienainate,  remembering  that  it  is  as  easy  to  be  uuwhole- 
someiy  gluttonous  over  hot  slops  and  cold  ices  as  over  beef 
and  beer." 

*'  Let  him  avoid  those  same  hot  slops  (to  go  on  with  the 
corpus  sanum),  and  all  else  which  will  injure  his  wind  and. 
his  digestion,  and  let  him  betake  himself  to  all  manly  exer- 
cises v/hich  will  put  him  into  wind,  and  keep  him  in  it.  Let 
him,  if  he  can,  ride,  and  ride  hard,  remembering  that  (so 
does  horse  exercise  expand  the  lungs  and  oxygenate  the  blood) 
there  has  been  at  least  one  frightful  stammerer  ere  novr 
who  spoke  perfectly  plainly  as  long  as  he  was  in  the  saddle. 
Let  him  play  rackets  and  fives,  row,  and  box  ;  fur  all  these 
amusements  strengthen  those  muscles  of  the  chest  and. 
abdomen  which  are  certain  to  be  in  his  case  weak.  Above 
all,  let  him  box  ;  for  so  will  '  the  noble  art  of  self-defence  ; 
become  to  him  over  and  above  a  healing  art.  If  he  doubt 
this  assertion,  let  him  (or,  indeed,  any  narrow-chested  porer 
over  deiks)  hit  out  right  and  left  for  five  minutes  at  a  point 
on  the  wall  as  high  as  his  o^vn  face  (hitting,  of  course,  not 
from  the  elbow,  like  a  woman,  but  frourthe  loin,  like  a  man, 
and  keeping  his  breath  during  the  exercise  as  long  as  he 
can),  and  he  will  soon  become  aware  of  his  weak  point  by  a 
severe  pain  in  the  epigastric  region,  in  the  same  spot 
which  pains  liim  after  a  convulsion  of  staunnering.  Then. 
let  him  try  boxing  regidarly,  daily ;  and  he  will  find  that  it 
teaches  him  to  look  a  man  not  merely  in  the  face,  but  in  the 


170  APPENDIX    B. 

Tery  eye's  core  ;  to  keep  his  chest  expanded,  his  lungs  full"' 
of  air ;  to  be  calm  and  steady  under  excitement ;  and  lastly, 
to  use  all  those  muscles  of  the  torso  on  which  deep  and 
iealthy  respiration  depends.  And  let  him,  now  in  these 
Tery  days,  join  a  rifle-club,  and  learn  in  it  to  carry  himself 
with  the  erect  and  noble  port  which  is  all  but  peculiar  to 
tbe  soldier,  but  ought  to  be  the  common  habit  of  every  man  ; 
let  him  learn  to  march  ;  and  more,  to  trot  under  arms  with- 
out losing  breath ;  and  by  such  means  make  himself  aa 
active,  healthy,  and  valiant  man." 

"Meanwhile,  let  him  learn  again  the  art  of  speaking  ;  and 
laving  learnt,  think  before  he  speaks,  and  say  his  say  calmly, 
with  self-respect,  as  a  mnn  who  does  not  talk  at  random, 
and  has  a  right  to  a  courteous  answer.  Let  him  fix  in  his 
mind  that  there  is  nothing  on  earth  to  be  ashamed  of,  save 
doing  wrong,  and  no  being  to  be  feared  save  Almighty  God ; 
and  so  go  on  making  the  best  of  the  body  and  the  soul 
which  Heaven  has  given  him,  and  I  will  warrant  that  in  a 
few  months  his  old  misery  of  stammering  will  lie  behind 
Lim,  as  an  ugly  and  all  but  impossible  dream  when  one 
awakes  in  the  morning." 


APPENDIX  C. 


The  publishing  of  testimonials  has  always  been  a  questlo 
vexata.  That  it  is  extensively  abused  in  every  branch  of 
enterprise,  and  is  equally  the  resort  of  truth  and  honesty, 
and  of  falsehood  and  fr^^ud,  is  undeniable  ;  but  the  apology, 
if  any  be  necessary,  is  the  great  difficulty  of  obtaining,  by 
other  means,  a  public  hearing  of  any  new  discovery,  so  as  to 
entitle  it  to  public  consideration.  This  mode  of  producing 
prima  facie  evidence  in  favour  of  any  new  theory,  is  especi- 
ally requisite  in  cases,  when  the  discoverer  has  left  the  beaten 
track,  and  having  struck  out  a  path  for  himself,  comes  into 
collision  with  ''  vested  interests,"  and  is  consequently  at- 
tacked and  obstructed  in  his  onward  march  by  interested 
parties.  To  confound  the  obstructors,  he  is  compelled,  in 
self-defence,  to  vindicate  his  theory  by  shov.'ing  the  results 
obtained.  Little  or  no  importance  is  to  be  attached  to 
anonymous  testimonials,  when,  however,  the  most  eminent 
medical  practitioners,  like  professors  Liston,  Fergusson,  and 
Forbes,  andliterary  characters  like  Kingsley,  Robert  Cham- 
bers, John  Forster,  and  many  others,  disregarding  the  odium 
they  may  incur,  bear  public  witnesses  to  the  simplicity  and 
efficacy  of  the  system  I  pursue,  I  submit  that  the  evidence 
produced  is  sufficiently  strong  to  entitle  me  to  public  con- 
fidence. It  is  with  this  view— -bearing  in  mind  the  adage, 
testimonia  ponderanda  sunt^  nan  nwneranda — that  the  fol- 
lowing testimonials,  selected  from  a  host  of  siuailar  ones  in. 
my  possession,  are  submitted  to  the  public. 


TESTIMONIALS.  173 


TESTIMONIALS. 


The  first  letter  is  from  a  gentleman  so  well  known  and 
iippreciated  by  the  public  generally,  that  I  need  only  men- 
tion that  it  is  from  the  pen  of  the  author  of  Yeasty  Alton 
LocJce,  Ilypatia^  Westward  IIo !  Glaucus,  Two  Years  Ago, 
&c.,  &:c.,  and  I  am  convinced  it  must  carry  that  \\ eight 
which  it  deserves.  Such  a  testimony  is  ia  itself  surely  sufh- 
dent  to  remove  all  scepticism  ;  and  suiferers  who  disbelieve 
in  the  cure,  will  owe  much  to  such  an  authority  for  removing 
their  doubts  and  misgivings  on  the  subject. 

"  Eversley  Rectory,  March,  1856. 

"  IMy  dear  sir, — I  have  Avaited  till  I  had  something  worth 
saying  before  I  wrote  to  you.  At  first  I  had  various  small 
relapses  and  failures,  which  put  me  out  of  heart :  but  I  must 
tell  you  now  that  all  my  friends  are  quite  surj^rised  and  de- 
lighted with  the  change  in  my  speech.  I  have  gone  through 
many  trying  evenings vfithout  stanunering  a  word  ;  and  even- 
when,  coming  home  tired  and  excited,  I  broke  down  a  little, 
I  have  alvrays  been  able  to  recover  myself  before  any  spasm 
came  on.  If  I  fail  now,  it  will  be  only  from  my  own  neg- 
lect of  your  simple  lules,  for  which  I  thank  you  with  all  my 
heart. 

"Three  things  gave  me  confidence  in  you  at  our  first 
interview : — First,  I  saw  that  you  really  understood  the 
mental  excitants  of  the  disease.  Secondly,  that  you  did  not 
(as  an  empirick  would)  take  for  granted  the  symptoms  which 
the  disease  had  produced,  but  knew  them  to  be  various  and 
ever  varying,  even  in  the  same  patient ;  and  therefore  care- 
fully examined  till  you  had  found  out  which  of  the  vocal 
(.•rgans  was  chiefly  affected.  Thirdly,  that  you  had  no 
panacea,  Irick,  or  "  dodge  "  to  offer  me  ;  (had  you  done  so, 


174  APPENDIX    C. 

I  could  not  have  had  confidence  in  you,)  but  that  your  aim 
was  to  restore  me  to  a  conscious  use  of  the  vocal  organs,  ex- 
actly similar  to  that  which  the  healthy  subject  employs  un- 
consciously ;  and  so  to  deliver  me  from  those  half-conscious 
tricks  which  the  stammerer  employs  as  remedies  for  his  com- 
plaint :  and  which  (as  my  experience  has  taught  me)  are 
equally  useless  and  unwholesome.  '  To  return  to  nature 
through  art,'  seems  to  be  your  notion  of  your  work  :  if  so, 
you  must  be  right  and  successful  also,  for  it  is  the  great  law 
and  aim  of  aU  worthy  work  in  this  world. 

"  *  *  *  *  has  given  up  all  his  prospects,  and 
gone  to  Australia,  simply  on  account  of  his  stammering. 
This  had  happened  while  I  was  in  town  with  you.  Had  I 
known  you  three  months  before,  he  might  have  been  saved  ; 
and  I  dare  say  his  story  is  that  of  many.  I  assure  you  what 
you  have  done  for  me  already  has  been  much  talked  of  ;  and 
that  many  have  promised  me  to  get  you  pupils. 

"  1  must  not  iorget  to  say  that,  thanks  to  you^  I  have  been, 
preaching  and  lecturing  extempore,  not  only  without  stam- 
mering, but  with  an  ease  I  never  felt  before. 

"  Believe  me,  yours  most  truly  grateful, 
'*'  James  Hunt,  Esq.,  &c.  "  C.  Kingsley." 

"Newton  Toney,  near  Warminster, 
"  March  26th.  1857. 

"  My  dear  sir, — It  is  with  great  pleasure  that  I  send  you 
my  testimony  of  the  success  of  your  system  for  the  cure  of 
stammering  as  instanced  in  the  case  of  my  son. 

*'I  am  glad  to  say  that  he  continues  to  speak  and  read 
without  hesitation,  and  I  have  every  reason  to  hope  that  his 
cure  will  be  quite  permanent,  as  it  is  now  six  months  since 
he  was  under  your  care. 

*'  I  have  made  your  successful  treatment  known  to  many 


TESTIMONIALS.  175 

of  my  friends,  and  shall  continue  to  use  my  influence  with, 
all  uhoni  I  know,  that  have  stammering  children. 

"  I  beg  that  you  will  use  my  name  whenever  you  wish. 
"  I  am,  dear  sir,  yours  truly, 

"  Mary  Anne  Kendle." 
"  To  Dr.  James  Hunt." 

The  following  letter  is  kindly  allowed  publicity  by  the 

writer : — 

*'  Chatham  House,  Brixton  Hill, 

"  September  1st,  1856. 

"  My  dear  madam, — In  reply  to  your  inquiries  respecting 
Mr.  Hunt's  treatment  for  the  cure  of  stammering,  I  consider 
that  with  regard  to  my  daughter's  case,  he  has  been  com- 
pletely successful.  His  mode  of  treatment,  of  course  must 
vary  occasionally,  according  to  the  degree  of  the  pupil's  de- 
fect in  speech — also  the  time  requisite  for  effecting  the  com- 
plete cure.  I  consider  his  plan  of  treatment  to  be  founded 
upon  the  most  judicious  and  scientific  principles  ;  and  by  no 
means  disagreeable  to  the  pupils  themselves — to  whom  he  is 
always  most  kind  and  considerate,  in  every  way,  making  al 
allowance  for  the  nervousness,  &c.,  which  generally  attends 
impediments  in  the  speech. 

*'  I  was  perfectly  satisfied  with  all  the  domestic  arrange- 
ments superintended  by  Mrs.  Hunt,  who  is  most  kind  and 
attentive — and  I  am  quite  sure  that  your  daughter  would 
be  perfectly  happy  and  comfortable  with  her,  as  mine  was 
in  every  respect. 

"  I  have  very  great  pleasure  in  forwarding  this  testimonia. 
to  you,  as  I  feel  that  I  cannot  say  too  much  of  Mr.  Hunt  for 
his  kind  and  judicious  treatment  of  my  daughter,  whose  case 
was  of  long  standing,  and  difficult  to  overcome. 
"  I  remain,  my  dear  madam, 

"  Yours  obediently, 

*'  Sophia  Z.  Morris.'* 


176  APPENDIX    C. 

Extract  from  a  letter  from  Mns.  Simmons,  46,  Neiv  King 
Street^  Bath^  to  the  Author^  Dated  Septcmher  4,  1853. 

*'AVhen  I  saw  my  son,  I  Avas  the  most  astonislied  at  the 
great  ease  and  iluency  he  had  acquired,  and  that  too,  in  so 
short  a  time,  as  from  the  age  of  four  or  five  years,  he  had 
stammered  to  a  most  painful  degree.  Yonr  mode  of  treat- 
ment has  had  a  most  wonderful  effect  in  removing  this  great- 
hindrance  to  his  future  success  in  life.  I  shall  always  feel 
a  great  pleasure  in  answering  any  inquiries  respecting  your 
skill,  or  kindness  of  treatment,  and  pray  make  whatever  use 
of  my  name  you  think  proper." 

"  23,  Fenchurch  Street,  May  3,  1856. 
*'  Dear  sir, — It  gives  me  great  pleasure  to  bear  testimony^ 
to  your  success  in  relieving  ray  son  from  the  very  painful  im- 
pediment in  his  speech,  which  had  been  a  growing  trouble  to 
him  up  to  the  time  of  his  first  introduction  to  you  in  the 
autumn  of  last  year.  He  then  spoke  with  much  difficulty ; 
and  some  words  he  could  scarcely  say  at  all. 

''  I  may  confidently  say  the  cure  has  been  perfect  on  your 
part.  I  feel  very  thankful  that  I  was  induced,  by  two  emi- 
nent medical  gentlemen,  to  consult  you,  and  place  the  case 
in  your  hands ;  and  that  the  result  has  been  so  beneficial  to 
mj  son,  and  satisfactory  to  us  all. 

"Believe  me,  dear  sir,  yours  very  faithfully, 

"  Charles  Moss."" 
*' James  Hunt,  Esq." 

The  following  letter,  in  answer  to  some  inquiries,  is  kindly 
Allowed  publicity  by  the  writer : 

"  104,  Edgeware  Koad,  Paddiugton,  (W.^ 
"  April  15,  1856. 
"  Dear  Sir, — My  nephew  was  under  Mr.  Hunt's  care  more 
than  three  years  since  ;  and  although  only  with  him  a  few 


TESTIMONIALS.  177 

•weeks,  he  returned  home  speaking  as  fluently  as  any  boy  of 
his  age.  He  was  then  about  ten  years  old,  and  had  stut- 
tered to  a  painful  degree  from  his  infancy,  which  produced 
great  contortions  of  the  face,  and  an  entire  motion  of  the 
muscles  of  the  whole  body. 

"  I  am  happy  to  say  he  continues  to  speak  and  read  as  well 
as  on  the  day  he  left. 

"  If  your  son  stammers  badly,  I  believe  I\Ir.  Hunt  will 
consider  it  necessary  that  he  should  reside  with  him,  when 
the  cure  is  effected  in  a  shorter  time,  and  rendered  more 
certain  and  permanent.  I  believe  Mr.  Hunt  considers  the 
earher  (after  the  pupil  is  able  to  read)  the  case  is  placed 
under  his  care,  the  more  easy  and  certain  is  the  result.  You 
may  rely  on  every  domestic  attention  being  given  both  by 
Mr.  andlNIrs.  Hunt. 

••' I  always  feel  a  pleasure  in  answering  any  inquiries  on 
the  subject ;  and  I  am  convinced  you  will  be  grateful  to  all 
who  have  induced  you  to  procure  his  assistance  and  success- 
ful practice,  which  is  worthy  the  admiration  of  all,  and  not 
to  be  confounded  with  the  '  quack  statements  '  so  often  forced 
on  the  notice  of  the  public. 

"  I  remain,  dear  sir,  yours  very  truly, 

*'  To  H.  F."  "  D.  Sydenham." 

"  4,  Halkin  Street  West,  Belgrave  Square,  S.W. 
"March  21,  1857. 

"Dear  sir, — When  I  first  applied  to  you,  it  was  with  a 
very  distant  hope,  indeed,  that  you  could  possibly  cure  me 
of  a  defect,  which  I  had  inseparably  bound  up  with  my  ner- 
vous system :  that  I  applied  to  you  at  all,  was  the  result  of 
reading  your  very  admirable  treatise,  which  satisfied  me  that 
if  any  man  living  understood  the  stammerer's  very  peculiar 
and  artificial  state  of  mind, — that  man  was  yourself. 

"  The  weighty  evidence  afforded  by  every  page  of  the  trea- 

M 


178  APPENDIX    C. 

tise  that  actual  experience  and  not  mere  theory  had  dictated 
the  language,  encouraged  me  not  only  to  put  myself  under  your 
tuition,  but  at  the  same  time  to  invest  a  considerable  quan- 
tity af  f  .\itli  ill  tlie  result. 

*'  I  have  very  great  pleasure  in  testifying  that  that  invest- 
snent  has  returned  me  good  interest  in  two  ways — first,  prac- 
tically, in  putting  into  my  hands  a  clue  to  the  labyrinth  in. 
which  for  years  I  had  lost  myself  in  exploring  ;  and  secondly, 
n  placing  before  me  in  a  simple  and  clear  manner,  the  nature 
of  articulation,  and  the  principles  necessary  to  be  employed 
to  produce  voice  ;  and  you  very  satisfactorily  demonstrated, 
that  the  vast  amount  of  time  and  labour  I  had  expended  in 
endeavouring  to  master  my  defect,  by  acquiring  a  fancied 
mechanical  expertness  in  utterance,  failed  at  the  most  critical 
times ;  simply  from  my  ignorance  of  the  very  first  conditions 
of  the  science,  so  that  by  this  very  practice — for  which  you 
•will  remember  I  assumed  some  credit — T  had  actually  been, 
confirming  myself  in  a  bad  system. 

"  Strange  to  say  from  once  regarding  stammering  as  a 
great  calamity,  I  am  now  begiuning  to  look  upon  it  as  a  real 
blessing ;  it  has  led  me  to  aim  at  being  a  correct  speaker, 
without  such  a  stimulant,  I  should  have  been  all  my  life  what 
most  people  are,  careless  and  slovenly  in  articulation. 

"  In  conclusion  I  will  just  add  what  occurred  to  me  very 
frequently  of  late — vk.,  that  to  all  who  speak  in  public  I  ani 
•  convinced  your  instructions  would  be  of  little  less  value  than 
to  the  actual  stammerer,  and  although  "  mumbling  clergy- 
men "  of  the  class  so  graphically  described  in  the  Times  the 
other  day  by  "  Habitans  in  Sicco  "  are  rare,  yet  few  can  be 
aware  how  much  more  powerful  and  sustained  their  voices 
would  be,  were  they  to  put  into  practice  the  principles  yea 

teach. 

*'  I  am,  dear  sir,  yours  faithfully, 

*'  Joseph  W.  Blake." 


TESTIMOJiTIALS.  179 

"  Cork,  70,  South  ^lall, 

"  April  24,  1857. 
"  My  dear  sir, — For  the  last  ten  years  one  of  the  chief 
purposes  of  my  life  "vva,s  to  overcome  a  severe  imp  aliment  in 
my  speech,  I  have  spent  months  and  many  hundreds  of 
pounds  in  this  attempt.  I  have  been  under  the  care  of  nearly 
every  person  who  professed  to  cure  such  affections  in  Dublin, 
London,  and  Paris.  So  that  I  believe  I  have  as  much  ex- 
perience in  this  matter  as  any  one  in  these  kingdoms. 

"  The  result  of  this  experience  is  a  clear  conviction  that 
you  practice  the  true  art  of  cure.  /  consider  other  systems 
valuable  only  in  so  far  as  they  approximate  yours,  and  dele- 
terious inasmuch  as  they  differ  from  it.  And  I  earnestly  and 
deliberately  recommend  all  fellow-sufferers  to  place  them- 
selves under  your  care. 

"  I  am,  my  dear  sir,  yours  very  truly, 

"  John  George  Mac  Carthy.'* 
"  James  Hunt,  Esq.,  Ph.  D.,"  &c. 

The  foregoing  testimonials  were  inserted  in  the  third 
edition  of  my  former  work.  It  is  with  sincere  regret  I  have 
to  omit  the  testimonials  of  two  clergymen,  whose  sons  have 
been  snatched  away  from  this  world  Avhen  they  ^vere  just 
beginning  a  noble  career.  They  had  shown  their  strength 
of  mind  in  conquering  their  stuttering :  and  the  country 
has  to  deplore  no  tw^o  more  promising  youths  than  Frederick 
Dusantoy  and  George  Hamilton. 

The  following  are  selected  from  amongst  the  most  recent 
testimonies  of  the  value  of  my  services,  which  I  have  had  the 
pleasure  of  receiving : — 

"  Old] Anchor  House,  Carmarthera, 
"July  18th,  1860. 

"  My  dear  sir,— Since  Ileft  you,  I  have  been  gradually 


ISO  APPENDIX    C. 

getting  better,  and  if  I  stutter  occasionally,  it  arises  from 
the  want  of  strict  attention  to  your  simple  rules.  I  have 
spoken  in  public  under  some  very  trying  circumstances 
without  any  impediment.  I  must  mention  one  instance  : 
I  was  excited  so  much  in  addressing  the  audience, 
that  I  felt  almost  too  weak  to  stand,  my  heart  throbbing 
so  strongly  that  I  think  it  could  have  been  heard  half  a 
■dozen  yards  off.  But  such  is  the  command  I  have  obtained 
over  my  vocal  organs  that  even  on  this  trying  occasion  I 
spoke  without  the  slightest  stuttering.  My  voice  is  also 
greatly  improved,  having  acquired  a  fulness  and  compass 
which  I  did  not  hope  for. 

"  My  friends  and  acquaintances  are  astonished  at  the  ease 
and  fluency  with  which  I  now  speak,  and  testify  that  they 
never  witnessed  so  complete  a  cure. 

"  I  feel  as  if  moving  in  a  new  world,  the  great  barrier  to 
my  success  in  life  having  been  removed.  This  gives  me  new 
strength  and  courage  to  pursue  my  plans  with  diligence  and 
perseverance.  Words  can  never  express  my  gratitude  for 
the  kind  and  simple  manner  which  you  have  reheved  me  of 
a  most  distressing  affliction. 

"  I  should  like  your  system  to  be  universally  known,  and 
I  promise  to  do  all  I  can  to  make  the  world  understand  the 
"wonderful  cures  it  has  wrought. 

"  I  remain,  dear  sir,  yours  truly, 

*'  Wm.  Lewis." 
"  Dr.  James  Hunt." 

"  17,  Westbourne  Square, 

"  October  20th,  1860. 

"My  dear  sir, — Before  I  had  the  pleasure  of  knowing 
you  I  was,  at  times,  utterly  unable  to  articulate  words  com- 
mencing with  certain  consonants,  and  consequently,  reduced 
to  the  necessity  of  mentally  changing  the  expression  I 
wished  to  use. 


TESTIMONIALS.  181 

"  The  absorbing  nature  of  my  profession  lias  not  permitted 
me  fully  to  carry  out  all  the  directions  you  have  given  me 
for  the  full  development  of,  and  proper  control  over  the 
vocal  organs,  but  I  find  that  proper  attention  to  the  rules 
you]  have  given  me,  enables  me  to  pronounce  any  word 
whenever  required. 

"  I  have  only  to  add,  that  I  think  your  excellent  system 
worthy  the  attention  of  all  who  value  clear  articulation. 
*'  Believe  me,  my  dear  sir,  yours  sincerely, 
"  E.  Aguilar." 
"Dr.  James  Hunt,  F.S.A.,  F.R.S.L." 

*'  23,  Redcross  Street, 

"Novembers,  1860. 

"  Dear  sir, — It  is  with  feelings  of  the  deepest  gratitude  I 
write  these  few  lines.  About  two  years  ago  I  came  to  yoa 
a  very  bad  stammerer,  as  bad  a  case,  perhaps,  that  has  comp 
under  your  notice. 

"  The  first  two  days  I  was  with  you  I  could  not  speak  one 
word,  not  even  my  own  name. 

"But  now,  after  having  practised  your  excellent  rules,  and 
resided  with  you  at  Hastings  for  a  short  time,  and  having 
had  your  sound  advice  on  the  subject,  I  have  mastered  my 
defect,  and  have  great  pleasure  to  say,  I  can  now  speak 
jind  read  with  great  satisfaction  to  myself  and  to  my  friends, 

"  I  cannot  conclude  without  expressing  my  thanks  for 
the  great  kindness  I  received  both  from  you  and  Mrs.  Hunt, 
when  at  Hastings. 

"  jNIake  use  of  my  name  in  any  way  you  think  proper,  as 
I  shall  be  most  happy  to  answer  any  inquiries  respecting 
your  skill  or  kindness  of  treatment.  Hoping  you  will 
always  prosper, 

"  I  remain,  your  grateful  Pupil, 

"  F.  W.  Gray." 
*'  P.S. — I  am  just  eighteen  years  of  age." 


182  APPENDIX   C. 

"  AVadliam  College,  Oxford, 
"  October  31st,  1860. 

"  My  dear  Dr.  Hunt, — It  is  with  much  pleasure  that  I 
send  you  the  results  of  my  own  experience  of  the  value  of 
your  system.  When  I  first  came  to  you,  nearly  three  years 
ago,  I  was  much  annoyed  by  stammering,  and  very  sensitive 
about  it.  Although  mine  was  not  a  severe  case,  it  was  quite 
bad  enough,  and  I  could  not  see  my  way  out  of  it  at  all. 
And  so  my  relief  was  very  great,  when,  after  a  very  short 
interval,  I  found  that  the  rules  and  help  which  you  gave  me, 
so  far  put  the  clue  into  my  hands  that  from  that  time,  and 
ever  since,  I  have  felt  convinced  that  it  would  be  entirely 
my  own  fault  if  the  cure  was  not  permanently  completed. 

"  In  my  opinion,  a  principal  advantage  in  your  system  is, 
that  it  puts  his  cure  so  entirely  within  the  povrer  of  the 
j)U25il,  that  his  own  will  can  alv/ays  determine  the  conditions 
of  success.  To  me  this  has  constituted  its  chief  charm,  for 
it  produces  in  this  respect,  a  feeling  of  self-reliance,  that 
could  not  be  enjoyed  if  the  completion  of  cure,  or  recovery 
in  cases  of  relapse,  by  any  means  necessarily  depended  on 
your  own  extern  d  assistance.  The  first  and  happiest  effect 
produced  by  your  treatment,  is  a  pleasing  consciousness  of 
being  no  longer  the  slave,  but  the  master  of  one's  annoyance, 
stammer  as  one  may. 

"  And  that  this  has  been  my  happy  experience,  I  can  most 
unhesitatingly  assert.  To  all  those  who  most  prize  success 
when  it  has  been  attained  by  persevering  exertion,  your 
system  must  have  peculiar  attractions,  for  in  it,  as  every- 
where, '  Amat  victoria  curam.' 

"  Wishing  you  all  the  success  that  you  have  placed  within 
the  reach  of  myself  and  so  many  others, 
"  I  am,  always,  dear  Dr.  Hunt, 

"  Yours  gratefully  and  affectionately, 

"  Arthur  H.  Haringtox." 

*'Dr.  James  Hunt." 

THE  END. 


BY  THE  SAME  AUTHOE, 

RecenUu  PahUslied^  Crown  8i-o.,  pp.  422,  Price  7s.  6d, 

A  MANUAL  OF  THE  PHILOSOPHY 

OF 

TOICE   AND    SPEECH 

APPLIED  TO  THE  AKT  OF  PUBLIC  SPEAKING. 


London,  Longman  and  Co.,  or  tost  free  from  the  Autiiok, 
Ore  House,  near  Hastings. 


OPINIONS   OF   THE   PKESS. 


From  the  Spectator.  i 

"  Mr.  Hunt  has  introduced  the  re-  ; 
suits  of  his  own  cousideration  of  the  i 
questions,  espe  ially  iu  reference  to 
his  professional  experience.      *      *  I 
*     A  vast   repertory   of    facts   and 
opinions    relating    to    the    physical 
organs    of   utterance,  and   of  utter- 
ance itself,  from  the  lower  animantia 
to  man,  and  of  the  various  questions  j 
connected  with  voice  and  language,  i 
These   facts,    too,   are    curious  and 
useful." 

From  the  Obsekver. 
"The  volume  is  learned,  and  at 
the  same  time  instru  tive  and  amus- 
ing ;  and  as  a  work  which  has  no 
parallel  in  the  English  language,  as 
•well  as  a  work  of  great  value,  it  can 
lie  safely  recommended  to  public 
notice." 

From  the  New^s  of  the  World. 
*'This  is  the  most  comprehensive, 
philosophical,  and  practical  book  we 
have  met  with  upon  a  subject  deeply 
interesting  to  many  thousands  of 
the  British  public.     The  collection 


of    materials    for    its   developraent^. 
under  all  its  variety  of  heads,  must 
have  been  the  labour  of  many  years^ 
and  the  lucid  arrangement  of  them 
cannot  be  praised  too  highly.     We- 
have  now,  for  the  iirst  time,  ihe  phi- 
losophy   of    voice    and   speech   ex- 
plained    thoroughly,     intelligently,, 
and  plainly.     The   nervous  system^ 
the  organ :  of  hearing,  the  vocal  ap- 
paratus, and    the  manner  in  which 
the    voice    is    produced,    form    the 
topics    of   several  chapters,  vvhereiu 
a  fund  of  useful  knowledge  is  deve- 
loped, and  suggestions  are  made  of 
practical  utility.      The  disorders  of 
the  voice  and  defective  articulation 
also  receive  attention, and  are  verysai  is- 
factorily  treated.    Considerable  space- 
is  given  to  public  speaking,  and  the 
rules   for    success   therein,    a    topic 
which  may  be  studied  with  advan- 
tage, not  only  by  those  who  aim  at 
public    displays,  but  by  those  who 
would  arrive  at  a  good  style  of  elo- 
cution in  domestic  life.    Dr.  Hunt's 
book  is  one  of  great  merit  through- 
out,   and  well   desersung  of    public- 
attention." 


OPINIONS   OF  THE  PRESS. 


■From  the  John  Bull  and  Britannia. 
"The  above-named  work,  wherein 
care,  ability,  and  research  abound, 
we  most  sincerely  hope  will  stimu- 
late attention  to  the  much  neglected 
art  of  oral  delivery.  Mr.  Hunt  ex- 
plains simply,  and  advises  practi- 
cally;  but  not  content,  as  many  are, 
with  merely  pointing  out  error, 
.affords  besides  the  best  counsel  to- 
wards correcting  it.  In  a  word, 
•either  as  a  treatise  on  physical  or 
mental  defect  or  accomplishment,  so 
far  as  the  voice  and  speech  are  con- 
cerned, it  is  unexceptionably  the  re- 
sult of  long  experience  and  study, 
and  a  complete  text  book  on  the 
subject." 

From  the  Examiner. 

"  There  are  many  curious  details 
and  sensible  remarks  in  Doctor 
James  Hunt's  book,  on  Philosophy 
of  Voice  and  Speech.  The  author 
is  well-known  as  a  practitioner  to 
whom  many  are  indebted  for  the 
removal  of  impediments  in  speech  ; 
but  his  book  is  not,  like  so  many 
of  its  kind,  a  mere  advertisement  of 
his  own  practice  ;  he  is  interested  in 
the  subject  of  his  special  study,  and 
out  of  his  real  interest  therein,  this 
book  arises." 

From,  the  Country  Gentleman's 
Journal. 

"  This  volume  is  rich  in  new  mat- 
ter, and  the  Philosophy  of  Voice  and 
Speech  is  fully  expounded  by  a 
learned  professor  thoroughly  compe- 
tent to  undertake  the  task.  By  its 
clearness  and  compactness,  the  reader, 
even  of  moderate  capacity,  is  enabled 
to  seize  a  clear  idea,  and  garner  in 
bis  mind  a  large  store  of  the  subject 
under  discussion.  To  those  unfor- 
tunate individuals  who  stammer  out 
at  public  meetings  that  "They  are 


unaccustomed  to  address  large  as- 
semblies," and  who  pronounce  the 
most  miserable  moments  of  their 
existence  as  the  happiest,  this 
manual  is  invaluable,  and  we  strong- 
ly recommend  it  to  all  classes  of 
readers ;  by  its  perusal  the  scholar 
will  add  greatly  to  his  fund  of  in- 
formation, while  the  unlearned  will 
be  struck  with  new  ideas  of  philo- 
sophy of  which  he  had  never  pre- 
viously dreamt. 

From  the  Morning  Chronicle. 

"  Not  one  professor  in  a  hundred 
knows  anything  of  the  physical  com- 
position of  the  organ  whose  manage- 
ment he  teaches,  nor  is  he  aware  of 
the  acting  causes  which  contribute 
to  its  failme  or  deficiencies.  Dr. 
James  Hunt,  for  many  years  a 
practitioner  in  the  cure  of  impedi- 
ments of  speech  has  st  pped 
forward  to  remove  this  reproach, 
and  supply  a  great  existing  require- 
ment. In  a  goodly  volume  he  has 
placed  his  experiences  before  ^the 
world,  and  for  the  lirst  time  we 
really  have  an  authority  upon,  not 
merely  impediments  and  physical 
obstructions,  but  upon  the  voice 
itself,  in  its  relation  to  its  employ- 
ment, and  upon  the  thousands  of 
causes  which  weaken,  deteriorate, 
and  impoverish  its  powers.  We 
confess,  on  taking  up  this  volume, 
we  were  at  first  a  little  dismayed; 
a  hurried  glance  at  it  seemed  to 
show  that  it  was  diffuse — treating  of 
subjects  not  immediately  within  the 
scope  of  the  object  proposed,  and 
that  instead  of  a  practical  inquiry 
into  a  question  of  universal  interest, 
it  was  a  mere  medical  treatise  after 
all.  Lest  any  of  our  readers  should 
be  led  into  the  same  error,  we  beg 
to  warn  them  of  it  in  limine.  It  is 
true  that  we  have  at  the  outset  the 


OPINION'S    OF  TIIS   PRESS. 


chapters  on.  respiration,  tlio  nervous 
system,  the  organs  of  hearing,  sound, 
&c. ;  but  in  the  broad  way  in  which 
the  subject  is  afterwards  treated,  these 
chapters  will  be  found  to  be  abso- 
lutely necessary ;  and  it  is  fair,  more- 
over, to  say  that,  taken  separately, 
they  are  eminently  worthy  of  perusal, 
as  giving  a  plain  and  comprehensive 
insight  in  the  physical  conformation 
of  some  of  the  most  delicate  organs 
of  the  humaa  system.  *  *  * 
The  work  before  us  is  most  valuable, 
indeed,  and  in  no  part  more  so  than 
in  that  portion  which  treats  of  the 
organs,  which  in  their  turn  con- 
tribute to  the  integrity  of  speech. 
Here  Dr.  Hunt  gives  us  much 
amusing  as  well  as  instructive  in- 
formation. As  might  be  expected. 
Dr.  Hunt  is  great  in  the  chapter  on 
stammering.  We  commend  this 
chapter  to  the  perusal  of  persons 
afflicted.  Altogether  Dr.  Hunt's 
Manual  is  an  attractive  as  well  as  an 
useful  work,  and,  considering  it  must 
have  cost  not  a  little  labour,  has  a 
high  claim  to  the  patronage  of  the 
public." 

From  the  Athent.'eiim:. 
"Keadable  and  interesting,  be- 
cause the  author  explains  his  sub- 
ject clearly.  Has  peculiar  claim  to 
notice,  as  the  work  of  a  man  who 
has  brought  study  and  experience  of 
his  life  to  bear  upon  a  special  suh- 
ject." 

From  the  Morning  Star. 
"  The  preparation  of  such  a  work 
was  not  a  task  within  the  scope  of 
many  writers,  for  physiology,  philo- 
logy, and  rhetoric,  must  each  be  laid 
under  contribution.  We  can  bear 
willing  testimony  to  the  author's 
general  qualifications  for  the  labour 
he  has  undertaken,  and  to  the  great 
value  of  the  book." 


From  the.  Illustrate  o  Times, 
"We  do  not  complain  of  this 
superabundance  of  information,  for 
there  is  not  an  uninstructive  or  un- 
interesting chapter  in  the  volume. 
But  in  giving  our  readers  an  account 
of  the  work,  we  feel  it  necessary  to 
state,  that  it  is  not  merely  a  hand- 
book of  public  speaking,  but  some- 
thing more.  Viewed  without  refe- 
rence to  the  special  utility  of  the 
whole  to  public  speakers,  Mr.  Hunt's 
Manual  can  only  be  spoken  of  in. 
terms  of  praise.  *  *  *  A  mere 
list  of  directions  for  the  management 
of  the  voice,  together  with  a  few- 
oratorical  precepts,  would  have  formed 
but  a  poor,  dry  volume.  Like  every- 
thing Mr.  Hunt  has  written,  the 
Philosophy  of  Voice  and  Speech 
abounds  in  anecdotes.  He  is  never 
at  a  loss  for  popular  illustration  or 
an  amusing  story  with  which  to  en- 
liven the  subject  and  engage  the 
reader.  The  best  chapters  in  Mr. 
Hunt's  book  are  those  directly  re- 
ferring to  oratory,  and  young  speakers 
will  find  his  remarks  on  the  subject 
very  valuable. 

From  the  Globe. 

"  We  need  scarcely  say  that  on  all 
subjects  bearing  on  the  rectification 
of  defects  of  the  voice  and  speech. 
Mr.  Hunt's  remarks  are  worthy  of 
respectful  attention,  and  the  present 
work  adds  the  weight  of  scientific- 
views  to-practical  results." 

From  Chaimbers'  Journal. 

"  There  are  many  iatexesting  anec~ 
dotes,  and  much  practical  good  advice 
which  is  applicable  to  all  " 
From  the  Press. 

"  Theconcludingpartof  the  volume 
is  devoted  to  subjects  to  which  the 
author  has  paid  special  and  profes- 
sional attention — disorders  in  the  or- 
gans of  voice  ;  defects  in  articulation,. 


OPINIONS  OF  THE  PEESS. 


■deaf-dumbness,  and  muteisni  on  the 
one  hand — on  the  other  hand,  the 
cultivation  and  management  of  the 
Toice,  and  the  art  of  elocution.  Here 
the  author  proves  himself  to  he  tho- 
Toughly  master  of  his  subject — not  a 
mere  theorist,  but  one  who  has  had 
much  practical  experience,  and  speaks 
with  all  the  authority  which  that  ex- 
perience gives  him.  Those  especially 
Tvhoare  called  upon  to  address  public 
assemblies,  whether  from  the  pulpit, 
at  the  bar,  or  in  the  senate,  will  do 
"well  to  consult  so  judicious  an  ad- 
"viser.  Whatever  we  may  think  of 
Dr.  Hunt  as  a  philosopher,  we  hold 
it  to  be  undeniable  that  he  is  an  ex- 
cellent practical  manager  of  voice  and 
speech." 

Paper  pok  ths  Schoolmaster. 

"Dr.  Hunt's  Manual  comprehends 
much  more  than  might  have  been 
anticipated  from  its  title.  It  is,  in- 
deed, full  of  varied  matter,  of  the  most 
important  character ;  not  as  too  many 
philosophical  treatises  are — cold  and 
dry,  but  every  page  replete  with  in- 
terest. In  strongly  recommending 
this  book  as  one  which  ought  to  be 
placed  in  the  library  of  every  asso- 
ciation of  schoolmasters,  we  feel  sure 
that  v/e  are  doing  them  a  service  for 
■which  they  will  be  grateful." 
Derby  A^^)  Chesterfield  Bepoeter. 

"  This  work  is  written  in  a  clear 
and  lucid  style.  Most  of  the  tech- 
nical tenns  are  explained  as  they 
first  occur  in  the  course  of  reading. 
Altogether  it  is  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant works  published  in  this  teem- 
ing age  of  literary  productions.  We 
venture  to  predict  for  it  a  high  rank 
among  the  best  standard  works  of 
our  country." 

From  the  Sun. 

"This  is  a  very  able  and  useful 
■work,  which  has  evidently  cost  the 
author  much  labour  and  study  *  *  * 


A    very    useful    MaDual,    blending 
science  with  simplicity." 

From  the  Literary  Gazette, 

"  We  are  bound  to  admit  that  the 
Manual  is  a  very  entsrtaining,  and 
in  many  respects,  a  very  useful  book. 
All  sorts  of  readers  will  find  matter 
here  to  interest  them." 
From  Sell's  Weekly  Messenger. 

"  This  is  a  very  curious  work,  and 
one  which  merits  all  the  attention 
that  can  be  given  to  it,  and  if  Dr. . 
Hunt  meets  with  the  re\vard  to  vvhich 
he  is  justly  entitled,  his  book  will  be- 
come as  popular  as  it  is  creditable 
to  his.  patience,  his  talent,  and  his 
research." 
Illustrated  News  of  the  World. 

"  This  is  a  thoroughly  able  work ; 
every  thought  in  it  bears  the  mark  of 
having  been  tested  by  experience ; 
and  in  thus  recording  his  observations 
and  experiments,  after  many  years  of 
professional  study  of  the  subject.  Dr. 
James  Hunt  has  conferred  an  inesti- 
m.able  benefit  upon  the  public  in  gene- 
ral, and  upon  all  vfho  seek  to  sway 
the  public  by  the  living  voice  in  par- 
ticular." 

From  the  Beacon. 

*  *  *  He  tracks  the  footsteps 
of  creative  power  along  its  line  of  ac- 
tion, and  with  a  bold  hand,  lifts  the 
seal  of  its  operations,  and  discloses  ta 
the  eye  of  science  the  workings  of  the 
Almighty  in  the  production  of  that 
marvel  of  nature,  '  the  voice  Divine,' 
exercising  its  loftiest  functions  in  its 
most  impassioned  mode.  Oratory,  no 
doubt,  surpasses  music  ;  and  to  hear 
good  speaking,  is  the  highest  intel- 
lectual enjoyment  of  Avhich  our  na- 
tures are  capable.  Superior  intelli- 
gence may  command  the  v,hole  of  it 
at  a  glance  ;  but  it  is  as  delightful 
as  astonishing,  that  we  should  be  able, 
even  by  laborious  processes,  to  follow 
and  comprehend  it;  and  that  it  is 


OPI>;iO>.S    OF   THE   PEES3. 


"brought  to  the  level  of  all  is  due  (no 
light  praise)  to  the  ability,  energy, 
and  recourses  of  the  author.  That  he 
has  treated  a  subject  to  Avhich  the 
whole  experience  of  his  life  has  been 
devoted  as  a  labour  of  love,  and  that 
the  rules  he  deduces  for  the  manage- 
ment of  the  voice  are  no  en:ipu-ical 
nostrums,  but  the  plain  dictates  of 
common  sense,  resting  on  an  intimate 
scientific  knowledge  as  their  founda- 
tion, we  might  have  been  sure  of  from 
the  experience  aud  position  of  so  suc- 
cessful a  practitioner  as  Mr.  Hunt, 
and  he  is  fortunate  in  the  possession 
of  a  clear,  simple  style,  which  is  in- 
valuable in  a  work  that  lays  claim  to 
a  popular  interest." 

From  the  Eka. 

"  Mr.  Runt  has  established  a  repu- 
tation as  a  special  doctor,  the  best 
who  can  be  consulted  on  all  defects 
in  the  voice  and  utterance,  and  this 
volume  shows  that  he  is  minu  ely 
master  of  all  that  science  has  yet 
discovered." 

From  the  Art  Journal. 

"When  a  practical  man  writes 
C071  (imore,  upon  a  subject  he  loves, 
he  rarely  misses  to  make  a  book 
generally  interesting  to  all.  This  is 
the  case  in  Dr.  Hunt's  volume,  which 
abounds  with  curious  details  and 
amusing  anecdotes  sufncient  to  make 
it  agreeable  to  readers  who  v/ould 
fear  '  philosophy '  less  palatably 
given.  Dr.  Hunt,  following  his 
father's  career,  has  long  been  known 
for  his  successful  treatment  of  vocal 
defects  ;  the  present  book  is  a  proof 
how  sound  is  his  knowledge,  and  hovv' 
well-grounded  he  is  in  all  that  re- 
lates to  the  art." 

From  Eraser's  Magazine,  JuIi/  1859. 
"  A  book  which  should  be  in  the 
hands,  not  only  of  surgeons,  but 
of  public  singers,  schoolmasters,  and 
above  all,  of  preachers." 


From  the  Medical  Times  &  Gazette.. 
"  A  great  deal  of  information  has 
been  collected  and  arranged  in  the 
form  of  a  useful  manual." 

Colburn's  New  Monthly  Magazine. 

"  Dr.  James  Hunt,  son  and  suc- 
cessor to  Mr.  Hunt,  who  obtained  so 
much  celebrity  by  his  treatment  of 
the  difficulties  of  utterance  and  other 
impediments  of  speech,  has  expounded 
the  whole  philosophy  of  the  ques- 
tion in  an  excellent  work,  "  A  Manual 
of  the  Philosophy  of  Voice  and 
Speeh.  This  work  addresses  itself 
to  a  far  wider  circle  than  Ihe  aillict  d, 
and  we  have  no  doubt  will  meet  with 
such  a  reception  at  the  hands  of  the 
public  generally  as  its  merits  entitle 
it  to. 

From  the  Morning  Herald. 

"  The  author  has  collected  his 
materials  from  the  best  authorities. 
The  work  is  one  which  will  interest 
any  one  who  takes  it  up.  To  those 
interested  in  the  treatment  of  defects 
in  the  vocal  organs  the  information 
it  affords  must  prove  extremely  valu- 
able. The  chapters  on  public  speaking 
are  at  once  siiggestice  and  amusing." 

From  the  Morning-  Post. 
"  The  Vv'ork  before  us  is  a  careful 
epitome  of  the  labours  of  previous 
writers  It  is  divided  into  tv/enty-oue 
chapters,  each  embodymg  under  its 
proper  head  all  that  is  essential  to. the 
elucidation  of  the  main  subject.  Dr. 
Hunt's  "  Manual  "  must  be  considered 
partly  as  a  professional  and  partly  as 
a  popular  composition.  In  its  pro- 
fessional bearings  he  deals  with  those 
parts  of  the  human  anatomy  imme- 
diately involved  in  the  production  of 
healthy  and  efficient  voice  He  opens 
the  great  question  of  races  and  lan- 
guages which  during  all  time  must 
be  one  of  absorbing  interest  to  the 
scientific  philologist.  Dr.  Hunt  has 
evidently  bestowed  much  care  in  the? 


OPINIONS    OF   THE   P3ESS. 


collection  of  the  materials  necessary 
for  the  elucidat  on  of  this  part  of  his 
subject.  His  chapter  on  the  origin 
of  the  English  language  is  clear  and 
coinpreheu.!ive,  embodying  in  a  short 
space  the  most  prominent  facts  illus- 
trative of  the  subject," 
From  the  Dorset  County  Chronicle. 

"  Mr.  Hunt  has  shoAvn  by  his  re- 
searches into  a  special  branch  of 
human  physiology  what  can  really 
be  done  in  scientific  combat  with  the 
complicated  infirmities  of  speech 
His  present  effort  transcends  in  ability 
all  his  previous  endeavours,  which  we 
have  had  much  occasion  to  praise. 
And  though  no  longer  a  neighbour, 
for  we  perceive  that  he  has  for  a  time 
relinquished  his  romantic  marine 
abode  at  Swanage,  and  founded  a 
larger  institution  at  Hastings,  the 
volume  before  us  possesses  attractive 
merits,  such  as,  proceeding  from 
Avhatever  locality,  must  rivet  upon  it 
general  attention,  and  elicit  on  all 
hands  the  acknowledgment  that  the 
accomplished  author  has,  indeed,  de- 
veloped the  philosophy  of  his  intri- 
cate subject,  and  has  been  the  first 
to  resolve  the  difiicult  theories  of 
voice  and  speech  into  a  practical  code 
of  scientific  laws." 

From  the  Weekly  Times. 

"  This  is  a  useful  Avork.  It  does 
not  pretend  to  originality,  nor  ad- 
vance any  views  calling  for  discussion. 
It  is,  however,  an  excellent  compila- 
tion. All  the  information  relating  to 
the  subject  of  which  it  treats  that 
could  be  gleaned  from  the  best 
authors  is  collated,  arranged  in  a 
careful  and  skilful  manner,  and  where 
necessary,  made  comprehensible  by 
notes  of  the  author's  very  enlarged 
experience.  Nor  can  it  be  denied 
that  this  subject  is  a  very  important 
one. 

Midland  Counties  Herald. 

"  Great  industry  appears  to  have 


been  exercised  in  the  collection  of  the 
materials,  and  conscientious  care  and 
ability  in  their  application.  The 
matter  is  characterised  by  fulness  of 
exposition,  without  redundancy,  and 
clearness  of  arrangement." 

Fi-om  the  Brighton  Exajviiner. 

"Dr.  Hunt's  work  is  of  a  very 
comprehensive  nature,  embracing  the 
condensed  results  of  much  curious 
and  laborious  research." 

From  the  Sheffield  Independant. 
"  We  think  Dr.  Hunt  has  done  good 
service  by  his  work,  and  wish  that  the 
cultivation  of  the  voice  may  hence- 
forth receive  more  attention  under 
such  preceptorship  as  his.  We  may 
add  that,  scholarly  as  is  the  book,  it 
is  by  no  means  dull,  and  will  prove 
really  interesting  to  those  who  will 
care  to  do  it  justice  by  an  intelligent 
perusal." 

From  the  Daily  Telegraph. 
"  Dr.  Hunt  has  published  a  v/ork 
of  very  great  utility,  and  which  ought 
to  be  in  the  hands  of  clergymen,  bar- 
risters, members  of  parliament,  and 
all  those  whose  vocations  necessitate 
much  public  speaking.  It  will  also 
be  found  an  excellent  and  instructive 
volume  for  those  whose  immediate 
duties  do  not  bring  them  so  promi- 
nently forward.  None  of  us,  however, 
can  say  that  chance  may  not,  at  some 
time,  place  us  on  a  platform,  and  then 
the  study  of  works  of  this  character 
will  not  have  been  entirely  thrown, 
away." 

From  the  Freeman. 
"  This  book  professes  to  be  almost 
entirely  a  compilation  ;  but  it  has 
the  merit — in  these  days  none  too 
common — of  doing  well  that  which, 
it  professes  to  do.  Various  topics 
connected  with  the  Voice  and  Speech 
are  treated  with  brevity  and  clearness, 
and  in  respect  to  scientific  details^ 


OPINIONS    or   THE   PRESS. 


with  commenda'ble  accuracy.  The 
subject  is  one  in  which  all  have  an 
interest.  Man  can  never  cease  to 
regard  with  curiosity  that  gift  of  lan- 
guage by  which  he  is  so  highly  dis- 
tinguished, and  if  the  most  searching 
investigation  of  the  organization  by 
whicli  speech  is  effected  still  leaves 
the  mysterious  power  unexplained, 
yet  such  knowledge  as  can  be  thus 
acquired  is  rich  in  interest  and  value." 
From  tJie  Civil  Service  Gazette, 
"  Mr.  Hunt,  who  has  long  devoted 
himself  to  the  special  investigation  of 
Jimnan  speech,  and  written  learnedly 
and  well  upon  it,  has  now  produced 
a  very  comprehensive  volume,  which 
bears  evidence  of  extensive  reading 
and  great  care,  and  which,  we  doubt 
not,  will  be  accepted  by  the  public 
as  a  valuable  contribution  to  the 
library  of  useful  knowledge." 

From  tlie  Court  Circular. 
"  Contains  a  variety  of  information 
v.'ell  arranged,  and  carefully  digested, 
interspersed  with  judicious  remarks, 
and  possesses  more  than  passing 
interest.  The  work  will  be  found  of 
considerable  use  by  any  youthful 
member  who  is  about  to  make  his 
maiden  speech  at  St.  Stephens." 

F7-om  the  Clerical  Journal. 
"  We  readily  concede  this  praise  to 
Dr.  Hunt — that  he  has  produced  a 
book  which  may  be  considered  as 
tinique." 
From  the  Leeds  Intelligencer 
"  The  author  is  entitled  to  all  the 
credit  of  originality  for  his  selec- 
tion, arrangement,  and  the  use  he 
makes  of  his  materials,  and  for  apply- 
ing them  in  a  way  in  which  they 
were  never  before  brought  together 
in  the  elucidation  of  one  connected 
theme.  He  has  also  the  merit  of 
great  research  and  extensive  require- 
ments, and  remarkable  clearness  and 


order  in  pursuing  his  subject.  The 
concluding  chapter  of  Dr.  Hunt's 
work  is  on  '  Oratory  and  Public 
Speaking,'  to  the  consummation  and 
perfection  of  which  the  whole  of  this 
able  and  instructive  work  may  be  said 
to  contribute." 

From  the  Brighton  Gazette. 
'•The  author  has  given  us  principles 
rather  than  ih3ories,  his  aim  being 
rather  to  advance  that  v/hich  is  true 
than  that  which  is  new.  The  work 
is  the  result  of  considerable  research 
and  careful  study  ;  the  different 
branches  of  the  subject  are  well  and 
clearly  arranged,  and  dove-tailed  as 
it  were,  very  nicely,  one  into  the 
other.  The  earlier  chapters  which 
are  devoted  to  the  elucidation  of  the 
physiological  nature  of  voice  and 
sound,  are  concise,  clear,  and  well- 
arranged  ;  the  author's  reviev/  of  the 
philosophy  of  language,  and  especially 
of  the  English  vernacular,  is  fair, 
practical  and  instructive  ;  his  obser- 
vations on  diseases  of  the  voice  and 
ear  are  valuable,  and  evidently  based 
on  considerable  personal  knowledge, 
and  his  remarks  on  the  cultivation 
and  management  of  the  voice  and 
oratory,  and  public  speaking,  merit 
the  most  extensive  perusal,  for  the 
low  position  of  oratory  in  this  country, 
and  especially  among  those  who,  by 
profession,  should  be  orators,  or  at  all 
events,  good  public  speakers  is  pro- 
verbial." 

F7'0}n  the  Nottingham  Eeview. 

"All  who  are  anxious  to  make  the 
best  use  of  their  vocal  organs,  will 
find  in  the  '  Philosophy  of  Voice  and 
Speech  "  an  invaluable  and  most  in- 
structive companion.  The  study  of 
it  should  precede  all  introductory 
works  on  singing  and  oratory.  But 
those  who  would  not  think  of  listen- 
ing to  the  counsel  which  this  volume 
imparts  to  singers  and  orators  may 
perhaps  be  induced  to  read  it  from. 


OPINIONS    OF   THE   PRESS. 


consideration  of  healfh;  v:e  predict 
for  this  volume  a  high  position  among 
the  standard  productions  of  our  na- 
tional literature." 

Notes  A^'D  Queries. 
''  An  elaborate  essay  upon  the  sub- 
ject, which  we  should  think,  must  be 
read  with  advantage  by  all  who  are 
nnderthose  disadvantages  in  speaking 
which  it  is  Mr.  Hunt's  peculiar  object 
to  remedy." 

From  the  British  and  Foreign 
Medico-Chirurgical  Keview. 
'•This  book  treats  of  so  many 
l)ranches  of  knov/ledge,  that  a  doubt 
naturally  arises  as  to  the  competency 
of  any  one  individual  to  deal  with 
them  all.  The  chapters  on  the  vocal 
apparatus,  organs  of  articulation,  and 
the  production  of  the  voice  are  on 
the  whole  very  good.  The  larynx  is 
well  described,-  and  the  progress  of 
opinion  respecting  the  action  of  the 
vocal  ligaments  and  the  formation  of 

the  voice  is  accurately  traced The 

only  vocal  phenomena  which  are  not 
yet  fully  reconciled  with  the  hy- 
potheses are  those  of  the  falsetto.  On 
this  Dr.  Hunt  has  some  observations 
which  we  believe  represent  pretty  ac- 
curately the  present  state  of  the  case. 


Dr.  Hunt's  account  of  the  voice 

of  animals  contains  a  good  suuimarjr 
of  what  has  been  observed  on  the  sub- 
ject, and  is  well  worthy  of  perusal. 
Placing  ourselves  in  the  position  of 
the  general  reader,  which  is  thj  only 
one  we  are  entitled  to  assume  in 
respect  to  a  considerable  part  of  the 
matters  treated  of,  Dr.  Hunt's  work 
contains  a  vast  variety  of  information, 
which  seems  to  us  of  a  less  inaccurate 
character  than  that  usually  to  be 
found  in  books  of  such  comprehensive 
scope." 

From  the  Gentleman's  Magazine. 

"  The  leading  object  ol  this  bulky 
treati-e  is  to  furnish  the  reader  with 
an  account  of  various  opinions  upon 
the  philosophy  of  speech.  In  pursuit 
of  this  plan  Mr.  Hunt  first  makes  us 
acquainted  with  the  physiology  of  the 
organs  of  speech  and  hearing,  and 
sums  up  with  simdry  suggestions  on. 
the  management  and  cultivation  of 
the  voice  in  public  speakers. 
Throughout  the  volume  we  have  a 
variety  of  illustrations  drawn  from 
numerous  sources,  from  which  we 
may  infer  that,  in  addition  to  his 
professional  studies,  Dr.  Hunt  culti- 
vates the  belles  lettres" 


London  : 

Longman,  Green,  Longmans,  and  Roberts,  Paternoster-row, 

AND  ALL  Booksellers  in  Town  and  Country. 


Printed  by  T.  Blower,  3,  Black  Horse  Court,  Fleet  Street,  E.G. 


RC424E61       ^°^'^°^  UNIVERSITY 

iliiiilii